MIL-STD-271, Requirments for NDT

-

MIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986 SUPERSEDING MIL-STD-Z71E(SHIPS) 31 October 1973 ( S e e9 . 2 )

MILITARY STANDARD REQUIREMENTS FOR NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING METHODS

AMSC N/A DISTRIBUTI ON STATEMENT A

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

AREA NDTI Approved f o r p u b l i c release; d i s t r i b u t i o n u n l i m i t e d

/THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS

97

-

- .-

PAGES.

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

''

NIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986

DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY NAVAL SEA SYSTENS CONNAND Washington, DC Requirements

for

Nondestructive

20362-5101

Testing

Methods.

1. This Standard is approved for use by the Naval Sea Systems Command (NAVSEA) and is available for use by all Departments and Agencies of the Department of Defense.

t

2. For contracts or acquisition orders which invoke priox issues of this document, the contractor shall not use this issue without prior contractual approval. 3 . Beneficial comments (recommendations, additions, deletions) and any pertinent data which may be of use in improving this document should be addressed to: Commander, Naval Sea Systems Command, 5523, SEA Department of the Navy, Washington, DC20362-5101 by using the self-addressed Standardization Document of this documentor by Improvement Proposal(DD Form 1426) appearing at the end letter.

t

ii

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

r -

MIL-STD-271F ND W 7777933 0057830 O W ~~

MIL-STD-Z71F(SH) 27 June 1986

FOREWORD

T h i ss t a n d a r dc o v e r sn o n d e s t r u c t i v et e s t i n g method requirements f o r r a d i o g r a p h i c ,m a g n e t i cp a r t i c l e ,l i q u i dp e n e t r a n t ,u l t r a s o n i c , eddy c u r r e n ta n d are d e s i g n e dt oe n s u r et h ei n t e g r i t y and v i s u a li n s p e c t i o n s .T h e s er e q u i r e m e n t s r e l i a b i l i t y of i n s p e c t i o n sp e r f o r m e d .T h i ss t a n d a r dd o e sn o tc o n t a i na c c e p t a n c e criteria for the inspection methods d e f i n e d .

iii

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

.--

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

FlIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June1986

CONTENTS

Page

.

1 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.5.1

1.5.2 1.5.3 1.5.4 1.5.5 1.5.6 1.5.7 1.6 1.6.1 1.6.1.1 1.6.1.2 1.6.2 1.6.3 1.6.5 1.6.5.1 1.6.5.2 1.6.6 1.7 1.8

............................................ ......................................... ..................................

SCOPE General Classification Acceptancestandards Time o fi n s p e c t i o n .............................. G e n e r a ld e f i n i t i o n s Authorizedrepresentativeofthe NavalSea Systems Command (NAVSEA) Government i n s p e c t o r A c t i v i t y ........................................ Nominal t h i c k n e s s N o n d e s t r u c t i v et e s te x a m i n e r Nondestructive t e s t o p e r a t o r N o n d e s t r u c t i v et e s ti n s p e c t o r Nondestructive t e s t p e r s o n n e l c e r t i f i c a t i o n P e r s o n n e lq u a l i f i c a t i o nr e q u i r e m e n t s Hours o f t r a i n i n g and e x p e r i e n c e Othermethods Certificationofpersonnel Recertification V i s i o nt e s t s General ......................................... B r i g h t n e s sd i s c r i m i n a t i o n Records P r o c e d u r e q u a l i f i c a t i o n andapproval Maintenanceofinspectionrecords ...............

............................ ............................. .......................

............................

............................... ..................... .................... ................... ..... ............ ................ ................................... ...................... ................................. .................................... ....................... ......................................... ............

.

2 APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS ............................. 2.1 Government documents 2 . 1S.p1e c i f i c a t i o n s and s t a n d a r d s O p tu2hb.e2l ri c a t i o n s precedence Order 2.3 of

.

3 3.1 3.1.1' 3.1.2 3.1.3 3.1.4 3.1.5 3.1.6 3.1.7 3.1.8 3.1.9 3.1.10 3.1.11 3.1.12 3.1.13 3.1.14

............................ .................... .............................. .............................

RADIOGRAPHY ...................................... Definitions Energy F i l mh o l d e r so rc a s s e t t e s F i l t e r s ......................................... I n t e n s i f y i n gs c r e e n s M a t e r i a l t h i c k n e s s (T. ) Maximum e f f e c t i v e r a d i a t i o n s o u r c e d i m e n s i o n W u l t i p l ef i l mt e c h n i q u e Penetrameter P e n e t r a m e t e rs e n s i t i v i t y Radiograph R a d i o g r a h i cf i l md e n s i t y Radiographicinspection R a d i o g r a p h i c a l l ys i m i l a rm a t e r i a l s Shielding

..................................... .......................................... ....................... ............................ ......................... .... ......................... .................................... ........................ ....................................... ........................ ......................... .............. ....................................... iv

I

Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

..

Corp Specs/9957810104 -~Licensee=VSE . .

Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

. .

1 1 1 1 1 2 2

2 2

2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3

3 3 3 3 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 6

7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 8 8 8

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Paragraph

FfIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986

CONTENTS . Continued

Page -Paragraph

I

1

3

3.1.15 . 3-1.16 3.1.17 3.2 3.2.1 3.2.1.1 3.2.2 3.2.2.1 3.2.2.2 3.3 3.3.1 3.3.2 3.3.3 3.3.3.1 3.3.3.2 3.3.3.3 3.3.4 3.3.5 3.3.6 3.3.7 3.3.8 3.3.9 3.3.10 3.3.11 3.3.12

-*

.

3.3.13 3.3.14 3.3.15 3.4

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

3.4.1.2 3.4.2 3.4.3 3.4.4 3.4.4.1 3.4.4.2 3.4.5 3.4.6 3.4.6.1 3.4.6.1.1 3.4.6.1.2 3.4.6.1.3 3.4.6.2

Source ........................................ S o u r c e - t o - f i l md i s t a n c e ....................... Specimen t h i c k n e s s (T. ) ........................ Generalrequirements .......................... E x t e n to fr a d i o g r a p h i ci n s p e c t i o n ............. RadiographicShootingSketch (RSS) f o r c a s t i n g s ...................................... Radiographicprocedure ........................ Minimum radiographicprocedurerequirements ... S u r v e yo fr a d i o g r a p h i cf a c i l i t i e s ............. Radiographyrequirements ...................... D i r e c t i o no fr a d i a t i o n ........................ S c r e e n s ,f i l t e r s , andmasking ................. Film .......................................... F i l m q u a l i t y .................................. F i l md e n s i t y .................................. M u l t i p l ef i l mt e c h n i q u e s ...................... F i l m l e s st e c h n i q u e s ........................... R a d i a t i o ns o u r c e s ............................. S o u r c e - t o - f i l md i s t a n c e ....................... Radiographiclocationmarkers ................. F i l m i d e n t i f i c a t i o n ........................... Maintenanceofradiographicrecords ........... Darkroom f a c i l i t i e s ............................ F i l m viewing f a c i l i t i e s ....................... Surfacepreparationof componentsandwelds p r i o rt or a d i o g r a p h y ......................... S a f e t y ........................................ I n t e r p r e t a t i o n of radiographs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Radiographicrecords .......................... Penetrameters ................................. P e n e t r a m e t e rm a t e r i a l ......................... Dissimilarmetalwelds ........................ Othermetals .................................. ' P e n e t r a m e t e rd i m e n s i o n s ....................... PL e,n q t r a m e t e r i d e n t i f i c a t i o n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pene2Kameter s e l e c t i o n ........................ ....................................... Welds C a s t i n g s and f o r g i n g s ......................... Acceptanc standards .......................... Number, l o a t i o n , and placement of penet r a m e t e r s .................................... P e n e t r a m e t e rl o c a t i o n ......................... Film-sidepenetrametertechnique(doublewallexp'sure) ............................... F i l m - spie n e t r a m e t etre c h n i q u(es i n g l e xposure) ............................... S e p a r a t e block penetrameter technique ......... R e q u i r e m e n t sf o rc a s t i n g and f o r g i n g s . . . . . . . . .

'8, d \i

V Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

8 9 9 9 9 9

9 10 10 10 11 11 11 11 12 12 12 12 12 13 13 13 13 14 14 14 15 15 15 17 17 17 17 17 17

17 18 18 18

PiIL-STD-27lF(SII) 27 June 1986

CONTENTS . Continued Page Paragraph

3.4.6.3 3.5 3.5.1 3.5.2 3.6 3.6.1 3.6.2 3.7 3.7.1 3.7.2 3.7.2.1 3.7.2.2 3.8 3.9 3.10 3.11

.

4 4.1 4.2 4.2.1 4.2.2 4.2.3 4.2.4 4.2.5 4.2.6 4.2.7 4.2.8 4.2.9 4.2.10 4.2.11 4.3 4.3.1 4.3.1.1 4.3.1.1.1 4.3.1.2 4.3.1.3 4.3.1.3.1 4.3.1.3.2 4.3.1.4 4.3.1.5 4.3.1.5.1 4.3.1.6 4.3.1.6.1 4.3.1.6.2 4.3.1.7

...................... ................ ................. .................... ..... ..................... ..................... .... .... ........................ ................. ........ ................. MAGNETIC PARTICLE TESTING .................... Intendeduse ................................ D e f i n i t i o n s ................................. Arc s t r i k e s ................................. B l a c kl i g h t ................................. C i r c u l a r method ............................ Continuousmethod ........................... Requirements for welds Shims ....................................... Shims f o b r a c k i n gr i n gw e l d s Shims f o r consumable i n s e rw t elds ........... R a d i o g r a p h iqcu a l i t y levels -X--ray radiography ........................... Radioisotope radiography S i n g l e - w a l l and double-wall radiography Single-wall radiography Double-wall radiography Double-wall exposure/single-wall viewing Double-wall exposure/double-wall viewing Radiography of parts Radiography of r e p a iw r elds Radiography of castings and forgings Radiographic film ownership

Fluorescence ................................ Longitudinal method ......................... M a g n e t i cp a r t i c l e s Residual method ............................. R e l e v a n ti n d i c a t i o n s I n d i c a t i o n .................................. N o n - r e l e v a n ti n d i c a t i o n s Magnetic p a r t i c l ei n s p e c t i o nr e q u i r e m e n t s Generalrequirements Method ...................................... Lightingintest area Procedure S u r f a c ep r e p a r a t i o n Cleaning andmasking C l e a n i n gs o l u t i o n Directionofmagnetization .................. Demagnetizingapparatus Demagnetization Equipment accuracy Dc p o r t a b l e p r o d and s t a t i o n a r y m a g n e t i c p a r t i c l e equipment Yoke equipment Magnetizingcurrent

.......................... ........................ .................... ... ........................ ....................... ................................... ......................... ........................ ........................... ..................... ............................. .......................... ......................... .............................. .........................

vi Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

18 20 20 20 20 21 21 22 22 22 22 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 26 26 26 26 27 27 27 27 27 27

PIIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986

CONTENTS

Paragraph

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

4.3.2 4.3.2.1 4.3.2.1.1 4.3.2.2 4.3.2.2.1 4.3.2.3 4.3.2.4 4.3.2.5 4.3.2.5.1 4.3.2.5.2 4.3.2.5.3 4.3.2.5.4 4.3.2.5.5 4.3.2.5.6 4.3.2.5.7 4.3.2.6 4.3.2.6.1 4.3.3 4.3.3.1 4.3.3.2 4.3.3.2.1 4.3.3.3 4.3.3.3.1 4.3.3.3.2 4.3.3.3.3 4.3.3.3.4 4.3.3.4 4.3.3.4.1 4.3.3.4.2 4.3.3.4.3 4.4 4.5 4.6

.

5 5.1 5.2 5.2.1 5.2.2 5.2.3 5.2.4 5.2.5 5.2.6 5.2.7

.Continued

Wet method .................................. ........................ Generalrequirements ................................... Equipment Vehicles .................................... ......................... Cleaning and drying .......................... Magnetic particles Suspensions .................................. Procedure ................................... .......................... Continuousmethods Residual method ............................. C i r c u l a r m a g n e t i z a t i o n ; c e n t r a lc o n d u c t o r ( i n d i r e c t method) .......................... C i r c u l a r m a g n e t i z a t i o n ; itemasconductor ( d i r e c t method) ............................ C i r c u l a r m a g n e t i z a t i o n ; magnetizing c u r r e n t .................................... Longitudinal magnetization .................. L o n g i t u d i n aml a g n e t i z i ncgu r r e n t ............ Maintenance of suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C o n c e n t r a t i o nosf u s p e n s i o nt e s t ............ Dry powder method ........................... Generalrequirementsformagnetic p a r t i c l e s .................................. A p p l y i npga r t i c l e s .......................... Removal of e x c e s p s articles ................. Magnetizing procedures ...................... C i r c u l amr a g n e t i z a t i o n ...................... Longitudinal magnetization .................. Yoke magnetization .......................... Magnetizing current (prod methods) .......... Magnetizing technique (yoke and prod) ....... Weld i n s p e c t i o n ............................. Base metal .................................. Continuous method ........................... N o n - r e l e v a innt d i c a t i o n s .................... F i n ac l e a n i n g .............................. Arc s t r i k e s ................................. LIQUID PENETRANT TESTING ..................... Intended use ................................ D e f i n i t i o n s ................................. Developers .................................. Black l i g h t ................................. E m u l s i f i e r .................................. S e l f - e m u l s i f i a b l e ........................... P o s t - e m u l s i f i a b l e ........................... P e n e t r a n t remover ........................... Fluorescence ................................

vii Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE . . . . Corp . Specs/9957810104 . Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST ~~

27 27 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 29 29 29 29 29 29 30 30 30 30 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 33 33 33

MIL-STD-27LF

ND

m 7777733

0057835 T

m

MIL-STD-Z71F(SH)

27 June 1986 CONTENTS

. Continued Page

5.3 5.3.1 5.4 5.4.1 5.4.2 5.4.2.1 5.5 5.5.1 5.5.2 5.6 5.6.1 5.6.2 5.6.3 5.6.3.1 5.6.4 5.6.4.1 5.6.4.3 5.6.4.4 5.6.5 5.6.5.1 5.6.5.2 5.6.6 5.6.6.1 5.6.6.2 5.6.6.3 5.6.7 5.6.8 5.6.9 5.7 6. 6.1 6.1.1 6.1.2 6.1.3 6.1.4 6.1.5 6.1.6 6.1.7 6.1.8 6.1.9 6.1.10 6.1.11 6.1.12 6.1.13 6.1.14 6.1.15 6.1.16

............................ ............. .......................... ........................ ..................................... ................. ........................... .......................... ............................. ............................... .......................... ................................... .............................. II, V ...................................... .......................... .................... ........................... ........................ ................................ .............................. .......................... ...................... ...................... ................................. ......................... .......................... ................................ . .......................... ....... .......................... ULTRASONIC TESTING .. .......................... D e f i n i t i o n s ........ .......................... Acousticallysimilar material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Amplitude . . . . . . . . . . .......................... Amplitude r e j e c t i o n1eve1 (ARL) ............... Angle beam t e s t i n g . .......................... A-scan ........................................ As-welded c o n d i t i o n ........................... Attenuation ................................... Back r e f l e c t i o n ............................... C a l i b r a t i o n ................................... C a l i b r a t i o ns t a n d a r d .......................... Cathoderaytube .............................. Classofweld ................................. Compressional wave ............................ Continuousscan ............................... Couplant ...................................... Delaycontrol ................................. I n s p e c t i o n methods Type of l i q u i d p e n e t r a n t m a t e r i a l Generalrequirements Equipment requirements Procedure Change o f p e n e t r a n t m a t e r i a l s S u r f a c ep r e p a r a t i o n Generalrequirements F i n i s h e ds u r f a c e s Testprocedures P r e - t e s tc l e a n l i n e s s Temperature P e n e t r a t i o n time A p p l i c a t i o n o f e m u l s i f i e r( g r o u p s andVI) Removal o fp e n e t r a n t Groups I and VI1 m a t e r i a l s Groups I I , V and V I Groups I I I and IV only S u r f a c ed r y i n g Groups I and VI1 Groups II through V I A p p l i c a t i o n of developer Nonaqueous wet developer Dry developer Aqueous wet developer L i g h t i n gi nt e s ta r e a F i n a lc l e a n i n g S a f e t yp r e c a u t i o n s T e s tr e s u l t s

víii Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

33 33 34 34 34 34 34 34 34 35 35 35 35

c

k

35 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Paragraph

NIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986 COhTENTS . Continued

Page

. .

... 1

6.1.17 6.1.18 6.1.19 6.1.20 6.1.21 6.1.22 6.1.23 6.1.24 6.1.25 6.1.26 6.1.27 6.1.28 6.1.29 6.1.30 6.1.31 6.1.32 6.1.33 6.1.34 6.1.35 6.1.36 6.1.37 6.1.38 6.1.39 6.1.40 6.1.41 6.2 6.2.1 6.2.2 6.2.3 6.2.4 6.2.5 6.2.6 6.3 6.4 6.4.1 6.4.1.1 6.4.1.2 6.4.1.3 6.4.1.4 6.4.2 6.4.2.1 6.4.3 6.4.4 6.5 6.5.1 6.5.1.1

D i s c o n t i n u i t y ................................. D i s r e g a rlde v e l (DRL) ......................... Frequency ..................................... F u lslc r e e h ne i g h t ............................ Gain control .................................. IIW block ..................................... I n d i c a t i o n .................................... I n i t i apl u l s e ................................. I n t e r f a c e ..................................... L i n e a r i t y ..................................... L o n g i t u d i n a l wave ............................. Megahertz (MHz) ............................... Peak i n d i c a t i o n ............................... R e f e r e n ccea l i b r a t i o snt a n d a r d ................ R e f l e c t i o n .................................... R e s o l u t i o n .................................... Scanning ...................................... S e a r cuhn i t ................................... S e n s i t i v i t y ................................... Shear waves ................................... S k i pd i s t a n c ea n g l e beam t e s t i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T e s tu r f a c e .................................. Transducer .................................... Ultrasonic test s e n s i t i v i t y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U l t r a s o n i c a l l syo u n m d aterial ................. Procedure and t e s t methods .................... T e s t method s e l e c t i o n ......................... S u r f a cfei n i s h ................................ T e s t i nsgp e e d ................................. Couplant ...................................... T e s t symbols .................................. C a l i b r a t i o n ................................... Equipment ..................................... General requirements .......................... Equipment requirements ........................ B a s i ci n s t r u m e n q t ualification - pulseecho . . . Shear wave t r a n s d u c e r ......................... B a s i ci n s t r u m e n tq u a l i f i c a t i o n - thickness gauge ........................................ Frequency of b a s i ci n s t r u m e n q t ualification ... I n s p e c t i opnr o c e d u r e .......................... P r o c e d u rree q u a l i f i c a t i o n ..................... D i s c o n t i n u i teyv a l u a t i o n ...................... Records ....................................... T e s t methods .................................. Forgings, wrought and e x t r u d e dm a t e r i a l ....... T e sct a l i b r a t i o nl,o n g i t u d i n a l wave . . . . . . . . . . .

iX Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp ...... ... Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST ~~

39 39 39 39 39 39 39 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 42 42 42 42 42 42 43 43 43 43 44 44 44 04 44 44

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Paragraph

.

~ ~ I L - s T D - ~ ~ LN DF

4 4 7 ~ ~ L0 L0 5 9 8 3 7 3

NIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986 --```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

CONTENTS . Continued

Page

.............................

Paragraph 6.5.1.2 forgings Ring T e s t c a l i b r a t i sohne, a r wave . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.5.1.2.1 6.5.1.2.2 T e s t ...................................... 6 . 5 . 1 . 2L. 3 ongitudinal wave t e s t s of r i fnogr g i n g s 6 . 5 . 1 . 2 . 3T. 1 ecsatl i b r a t i ol no ,n g i t u d i n a l wave ....... 6 . 5 . 1 . 2 . 3T. e2s t i n g - l o n g i t u d i n a l wave 6R. 5e.c1t.a3nf ogrugl ianr g s 6.5.1.3.1 T e s t c a l i b r a t i loonn, g i t u d i n a l wave ....... 6 . 5 . 1 .T 3 .e2s t i n g - l o n g i t u d i n a l wave 6.5.1.4 Round and m u l t i s i dfeodr goerd wrought b a r isn c l u d i n g disc o r pancake forgings .. 6.5.1.4.1 Test c a l i b r a t i loonn, g i t u d i n a l wave . . . . . . . 6 . 5 . 1 .T 4 .e2s t i n g l o n g i t u d i n a l wave 6.5.2 P l a t e and s h e e t ........................... 6.5.2.1 S u r f a c ep r e p a r a t i o n ....................... 6.5.2.2 Shear wave t e s t i n g t e c h n i q u e T e s tc a l i b r a t i o n 6.5.2.2.1 6.5.2.2.2 Grid t e s t procedure 6.5.2.2.3 Continuousscanningprocedure ............. 6.5.2.3 Longitudinal wave t e s t i n g t e c h n i q u e 6.5.2.3.1 T e s t i n gc a l i b r a t i o n T e s tp r o c e d u r e s ........................... 6.5.2.3.2 6.5.2.3.2.1 Continuous method S t a t i c method 6.5.2.3.2.2 6.5.3 Pipes and t u b e s . seamless Test c a l i b r a t i o n . r a d i a l d e f e c t s 6.5.3.2 detection 6.5.3.3 T e s t .r a d i a ld e f e c t s ...................... 6.5.4 U l t r a s o n i ci n s p e c t i o no f weldments Scope 6.5.4.1 6.5.4.2 Generalrequirements Scanning 6.5.4.2.1 S u r f a c ef i n i s h 6.5.4.2.2 Limitations 6.5.4.2.3 R e f e r e n c ec a l i b r a t i o ns t a n d a r d s 6.5.4.2.4 Buttwelds.cornerwelds and t e e welds f o r 6.5.4.2.4.1 discontinuitiesintothethrough member Detectionoflackofpenetration in full . 6.5.4.2.4.2 p e n e t r a t i o n t e e welds S p e c i f i cr e q u i r e m e n t sf o rb u t ta n dc o r n e r 6.5.4.3 welds Instrument 6.5.4.3.1 S e a r c hu n i t s 6.5.4.3.2 Calibration 6.5.4.3.3 Class I welds 6.5.4.3.3.1 Class I I and I I I welds 6.5.4.3.3.2 Procedure 6.5.4.3.4 6.5.4.3.4.1 L o n g i t u d i n a ld i s c o n t i n u i t i e s ..............

.. ............... ...................... ...............

-

...............

.............. ..........................

....................... ....... ....................... ......................... ............................. ................ ................................ ........ ..................................... ...................... .................................. ............................ ...............................

.

L

=

..

48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48

..

50

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

.

Y

47

...........

X

1

47 47 47 47 47 47

49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 50

.................... .................................... ................................ .............................. ............................... ............................. .................... .................................

Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

45 45 46 46 46 46 46 46 46

50 50 50 50 50 50 51 51 51

I

MIL-STD-271F

ND

~

llIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986

CONTENTS

. Continued Page

Paragraph

6.5.4.3.4.2 6.5.4.3.4.3 6.5.4.3.4.4 6.5.4.4 6.5.4.4.1

.

6.5.4.4.1.1 6.5.4.4.1.2 6.5.4.4.1.3 6.5.4.4.2 6.5.4.4.2.1 6.5.4.4.2.2 6.5.4.4.2.3 6.5.4.4.2.4 6.5.4.5 6.6 6.6.1 6.6.2 6.6.3 6.7 6.7.1 6.7.1.1 -6.7.2 6.7.3 6.7.4 6.7.4.1 6.7.4.2 6.7.4.3 6.7.4.4 6.7.5 6.7.6

.

7 7.1 7.2 7.2.1 7.2.2 7.2.3 7.3 7.3.1 7.3.1.1 7.3.1.2 7.3.2 7.3.3 7.4

................ T r a n s v e r s ed i s c o n t i n u i t i e s Compressional wave D i s c o n t i n u i t ye v a l u a t i o n .................. Specificrequirementsforweldsoftee j o i n t s ................................... D e t e c t i o n of l a c k o f p e n e t r a t i o n i n f u l l p e n e t r a t i o n t e e welds S e a r c hu n i t s Calibration Procedure ................................. Detectionofdiscontinuitiesintothe through member ........................... Inspectionzone ........................... S e a r c hu n i t s .............................. C a l i b r a t i o n ............................... Procedure ................................. R e c o r do fi n s p e c t i o nr e s u l t s .............. Thicknessmeasurements .................... Scope ..................................... C a l i b r a t i o n ............................... Method .................................... Bonding ................................... Scope ..................................... Method Transducers ................................ C a l i b r a t i o no ft e s t equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . Scanning .................................. Continuousscanning ....................... I n t e r m i t t e n t s c a n n i n g ..................... Calibration for ultrasonic testing of ..................... n o n p a r a l l e ls u r f a c e s Continuous scanning of nonparallel s u r f a c e .................................. Marking ................................... Flaw p l o t t i n g .............................

........................

.................... ............................... ...............................

....................................

EDDY CURRENT TESTING ....................... Scope ..................................... D e f i n i t i o n s ............................... End ( e d g e )e f f e c t ......................... L i f t - o f fe f f e c t ........................... Stand-off ................................. Eddy c u r r e n ti n s p e c t i o nr e q u i r e m e n t s Generalrequirements ...................... Nethod .................................... S u r f a c e f i n i s h ............................ Procedure ................................. Records ................................... Equipmentrequirements ....................

......

xi

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 .. . . Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST "~

~.

.

51 52 52 52 52 52 52 53 53 53 53 53 54 54 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 56 56 56 57 57 57 57 57 57 57 57 57 57 58 58 58 58 58 58 58

1 MIL-STD-Z71F(SH) 27 June 1986

CONTENTS

. Continued Page

Paragraph7.4.1 7.4.2 7.5 7.5.1 7.5.2 7.6 7.6.1 7.6.2 7.6.3

.

........................ .......

Eddycurrentinstrument Performance verification reference block On-site verification/standardization ........... Verification .................................... Standardization ................................ Testtechnique ................................. Toe of weld scan ............................... Weldscan ...................................... Inspection of surfaces other than welds ........

...............................

59

59 59

60 60 60 60 60 60

9. NOTES ........................................... 9.1 Subject term (key word) listing ................ 9.2 Changes from previous issue

61 61 61

....................

P

60

8 VISUAL INSPECTION 8.1 Scope .......................................... 8.2 Reference standard ............................. Procedure 8.3 requirements ......................... 8.4 Inspection techniques 8.5 Dimensional inspection accuracy ................ 8.6 Lighting .......................................

..........................

60

FIGURES Figure

1. 2

.

3

.

4.

4A . 4B . 4c . 5.

6. 7 7A . 8.

.

9.

Recommended X-ray voltage settings and radioisotope sources to be used with various steel andsimilaralloys ............................ 62 Recommended X-ray voltage settings and radioisotope sources to be used with various copper-base and similar alloys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Recommended X-ray voltage settings and radioisotope sources to be used with various 64 aluminum. magnesium and similar alloys Penetrameterdesigns ........................... 65 Penetrameteridentificationnotching ........... 66 Maximum allowed Ug ............................. 67 Recommended increase in source-to-film distance for various radioisotope sources with lengths greater than 1/8 inch ......................... 68 Examples of material thickness (T, ) and specimen thickness (T, ) ....................... 69-72 Magneticfieldindicator ....................... 73 74 Skipdistanceexample .......................... Accepted scanning techniques for butt welds . . . . 75 Typical ultrasonic calibration plot for verticallinearity ............................ 76 Typical reference calibration standard (sensitivity) ................................. 77 .

........

xii Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

. c

.

.

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 . Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

.

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

I

59 59 59 59 59

c

?

NIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986 FIGURES

-

Continued

Page 10. Figure 11. 12 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19.

Typical viewing screen calibration (butt welds) (with dB control)............................. Typical viewing screen calibration (butt welds) .......................... (withoutdBcontrol) Scanning procedures for welds ................... Scanning procedure for tee welds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Typical viewing screen calibration ................. (tee welds) (with dB control) Typical viewing screen calibration (tee welds) (without dB control) .............. Surface opposite attachment member accessible .................................... Surface opposite attachment member not accessible .................................... Ultrasonic weld inspection record .............. Recommended probe-to-weld attitude for eddy current standardization and scanning operations ....................................

I

78 78 79 80

81 81 82 82 83.

84

TABLES le

I. II. III. IV.

V. VI.

VI1 .

Examples of penetrameter identification . . . . . . . . Penetrameter placement for welds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Allowablefilm-sidepenetrameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Definition of radiographic quality levels ...... Winimum radiographic quality levels for Iridium-192 radiography of nonstructural welds ......................................... Calibration hole size for longitudinal test . . . . of Calibration reference notch dimensions square and “U” bottom notch ...................

xiíi Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

16 19 20 21 22

45 47

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Tab

PIIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986

1.

SCOPE

1.1 G e n e r a l .T h i ss t a n d a r dc o v e r s. t h er e q u i r e m e n t sf o rd o n d u c t i n g nondestructive tests used in determining the presence of surface and i n t e r n a l d i s c o n t i n u i t i e si nm e t a l s . I t a l s oc o n t a i n st h e minimum requirementsnecessary toqualifynondestructivetest and i n s p e c t i o np e r s o n n e l ,p r o c e d u r e s , and n o n d e s t r u c t i v et e s te q u i p m e n t .T h i ss t a n d a r dd o e sn o tc o n t a i na c c e p t a n c e c r i t e r i a f o r n o n d e s t r u c t i v e tests. 1.1.1 Areas t o b e t e s t e d s h a l l b e s p e c i f i e d i n t h e a p p l i c a b l e d r a w i n g s , s p e c i f i c a t i o n s ,c o n t r a c to rp u r c h a s eo r d e r .N o n d e s t r u c t i v e t e s t markings incorporated in drawings shall be in accordance with AWS A2.4. 1 . 1 . 2 S i n c ec a l i b r a t i o np r o c e d u r e sa r es e l f - c o n t a i n e di nt h i s document, t h e t e s t instrumentsandstandardscontainedhereinarenotincludedin C a l i b r a t i o n Programs d e f i n e d byMIL-STD-45662 withtheexceptionoflinear measuringtoolssuchasmechanicalcalipers andmicrometers. 1.2 methods :

C l a s s i f i c a t i o n .T h i ss t a n d a r dc o v e r st h ef o l l o w i n gt y p e so ft e s t (a) Radiography ( bM ) a g n e t i cp a r t i c l e ( cL ) iquid penetrant (d) Wltrasonic (e) Eddy c u r r e n t ( fV ) i s u ailn s p e c t i o n

1.3Acceptancestandards. The s t a n d a r d sf o ra c c e p t a n c es h a l lb ea s specifiedintheapplicablespecification,contract,ororder.

1 . 4 . 1R a d i o g r a p h i ci n s p e c t i o n

may beperformed

item

a t t h ef o l l o w i n gt i m e s :

( a )B e f o r eo ra f t e r stress r e l i e f . ( b )B e f o r eo ra f t e rh e a tt r e a t m e n tw h e r et h eh e a tt r e a t m e n td o e sn o t i n a l i q u i d medium. requirequenchingoftheitem 1 . 4 . 2C a s t i n go rf o r g i n g s may b er a d i o g r a p h e di nt h ea s - c a s t ,a s - f o r g e d , o r r o u g h machined c o n d i t i o n s , p r o v i d e d t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f 3 . 4 . 4 . 2 a r e met.

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

1 . 4 Time o fi n s p e c t i o n .U n l e s so t h e r w i s es p e c i f i e dh e r e i no ri nt h e applicablespecification,acceptanceinspectionshallbeperformedon.an i n the f i n a l s u r f a c e c o n d i t i o n and f i n a l h e a t t r e a t e d c o n d i t i o n , e x c e p t a s s p e c i f i e di n1 . 4 . 1 ,1 . 4 . 2 ,1 . 4 . 3 and 1 . 4 . 4 .

1 . 4 . 3 Weldments t h a tr e q u i r ec o n t o u r i n go rm a c h i n i n g may beradiographed i n t h e as-weldedconditionprovidedthesurfaceconditiondoesnotinterfere withtheinterpretationoftheradiographs and t h e p e n e t r a m e t e r s e l e c t i o n is $+ .,. b a s e d o n t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f 3 . 4 . 4 . ..-

1.4.4

The f i n a l m a g n e t i c p a r t i c l e i n s p e c t i o n may beaccomplishedwithin machined base metal surface, provided a h a l f wave r e c t i fieddirectcurrent(dc)directmagnetization method i s u s e d f o r t h e i n s p e c t i o n . 1/32 i n c h o f t h e f i n a l

1 Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

blIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986 1.5 G e n e r adl e f i n i t i o n s . 1 . 5 . 1A u t h o r i z e dr e p r e s e n t a t i v eo ft h e NavalSeaSystems Command U n l e s so t h e r w i s es p e c i f i e d ,t h e Commander of a NavalShipyard,the SupervisorofShipbuildingortheirdelegatedrepresentative.

(NAVSEA).

1 . 5 . 2 Government i n s p e c t o r . Government o f f i c i a l who i s chargedwiththe r e s p o n s i b i l i t yf o ra s s u r i n gt h a tt h em a t e r i a l s ,p r o c e s s e s ,f a b r i c a t i o n technique and t e s t i n g p e r s o n n e l meet s p e c i f i c a t i o n and c o n t r a c t u a l r e q u i r e m e n t s .I nt h i sr e g a r d ,h eo rs h e may beasfollows: (a)For

Government s h i p y a r d s : The Shipyard Commander o rh i s delegated representative. (b)Forcommercialshipyards: The S u p e r v i s o ro fS h i p b u i l d i n go rh i s delegatedrepresentative. ( c )F o ro t h e ro r g a n i z a t i o n s : The cognizant Government i n s p e c t o r , hisrepresentativeortherepresentative ofanother Government agency designated by o r t h r o u g h t h e c o g n i z a n t Government i n s p e c t o r . (d)ForForcesAfloat: The squadron commander o rh i sd e l e g a t e d representative. (e)For .Naval R e p a i rF a c i l i t i e s : The commanding o f f i c e ro rh i s delegatedrepresentative.

1 . 5 . 3A c t i v i t y . A p a r t i c u l a r s i t e ofanycommercial a c t i v i t y p e r f o r m i n g work w i t h i n t h e s c o p e o f t h i s s t a n d a r d . 1 . 5 . 4 Nominal t h i c k n e s s .T h a tt h i c k n e s ss p e c i f i e d withoutapplicationof any a l l o w e d t o l e r a n c e .

o r Government

on p l a n s o r drawings

1 . 5 . 5N o n d e s t r u c t i v e t e s t examiner.Personnel t o whom t h ea c t i v i t y assignstheresponsibilityandauthorityto examineand c e r t i f y n o n d e s t r u c t i v e testpersonneltoinsurethattheirpersonnelarecompetent and q u a l i f i e d t o performtheapplicabletestsinconformancewithcontracturalrequirements. This i s t h e i n d i v i d u a l t o whom t h e a c t i v i t y a s s i g n s t h e r e s p o n s i b i l i t y of approving nondestructive t e s t procedures andworkmanship s t a n d a r d s . 1 ; 5 . 6N o n d e s t r u c t i v et e s to p e r a t o r . a c t u a l l y a p p l y i n g t h e t e s t method.

The i n d i v i d u a lp e r f o r m i n go r

1 . 5 . 7N o n d e s t r u c t i v et e s ti n s p e c t o r . rejects the inspected part by comparisonof acceptancestandards.

The i n d i v i d u a l who a c c e p t so r the test results with the

1 . 6N o n d e s t r u c t i v et e s p t e r s o n n e cl e r t i f i c a t i o n P . ersonnep l erforming nondestructive testing shall be c e r t i f i e d i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h t h e g u i d e l i n e s of ASNT Recommended P r a c t i c e No. SNT-TC-lA, 1980 E d i t i o n . Each a c t i v i t y s h a l l develop a w r i t t e n p r a c t i c e , as r e q u i r e d by ASNT Recommended P r a c t i c e No. SNT-TC-lA, 1980 E d i t i o n , i d e n t i f y i n g t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s r e l a t i v e t o t h e g u i d e l i n e s . The w r i t t e n p r a c t i c e s h a l l be made a v a i l a b l e t o t h e Government I n s p e c t o r upon r e q u e s t . The g u i d e l i n e so f ASNT Recommended P r a c t i c e No. SNT-TC-lA, 1980 E d i t i o n s h a l l b e c o n s i d e r e d a s minimum requirements,exceptas modified herein.

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

2 Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

.

I

MIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986 1 . 6 . 1P e r s o n n e q l u a l i f i c a t i o nr e q u i r e m e n t s N . ondestructive t e s t examiner p e r s o n n e l s h a l l b e q u a l i f i e d by examinations administered by t h e Employing + A c t i v i t y , AmericanSocie’ty f o r N o n d e s t r u c t i v e T e s t i n g (ASNT), o r o t h e r o u t s i d e agency.The s p e c i f i ce x a m i n a t i o ns h a l lb ep r e p a r e da n da d m i n i s t e r e d by t h e employing a c t i v i t yo ra no u t s i d ea g e n c y . The employing a c t i v i t y s h a l l i d e n t i f y minimum p a s s i n g g r a d e r e q u i r e m e n t s when t h e b a s i c andmethod examinations are a d m i n i s t e r e d by ASNT, whichissuesgradeson a pass/failbasis.Inthis case, the passing grade for the basic andmethod e x a m i n a t i o n s h a l l b e a s s i g n e d a numerical score of 80 p e r c e n t .

1 . 6 . 1 . 1 Hoursof t r a i n i n ga n de x p e r i e n c e . Thenumber o fh o u r so ft r a i n i n g all nondestructive test personnel shall be i n accordance with andexperiencefor ASNT Recommended P r a c t i c e No. SNT-TC-lA, 1980 E d i t i o n . However, t h eh o u r sf o r p e r s o n n e l who perform only one operation of a n o n d e s t r u c t i v e t e s t method t h a t or p e r f o r m n o n d e s t r u c t i v e t e s t e x a m i n a t i o n s c o n s i s t s o f more t h a n o n e o p e r a t i o n , oflimitedscope, may be less t h a n t h o s e s p e c i f i e d i n ASNT Recommended P r a c t i c e No. SNT-TC-lA, 1980 E d i t i o n , p r o v i d e d t h e time o f t r a i n i n g and e x p e r i e n c e i s described in the written practice, andany l i m i t a t i o n o r r e s t r i c t i o n o n t h e c e r t i f i c a t i o n i s d e s c r i b e d i n t h e w r i t t e n p r a c t i c e and i n c e r t i f i c a t i o n r e c o r d s . methods notcoveredby 1 . 6 . 1 . 2 Other m e t h o d s .F o rn o n d e s t r u c t i v et e s t ASNT Recommended P r a c t i c e No. SNT-TC-lA, 1980 E d i t i o n , p e r s o n n e l s h a l l b e qualifiedto-comparablelevelsofcompetency by the administration of comparable examinationsontheparticular method involved. 1 . 6 . 2C e r t i f i c a t i o no fp e r s o n n e l . The employing a c t i v i t y i s r e s p o n s i b l e fortheadequacyofthe programand i s r e s p o n s i b l e f o r t h e c e r t i f i c a t i o n of a l l l e v e l s of n o n d e s t r u c t i v e t e s t p e r s o n n e l . 1 . 6 . 3R e c e r t i f i c a t i o n .N o n d e s t r u c t i v et e s tp e r s o n n e ls h a l lb er e c e r t i f i e d a minimum) i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h t h e by examination at 3 - y e a r i n t e r v a l s ( a s a c t i v i t y ’ s written p r a c t i c e .T h i sr e - e x a m i n a t i o ns h a l lb ea sc o m p r e h e n s i v e as t h a t employed i n t h e i n i t i a l c e r t i € i c a t i o n . I n a d d i t i o n , p e r s o n n e l who perform p r o d u c t i o n NDT s h a l l b e r e c e r t i f i e d by examination i f t h e y have not performed tests ( f o r w h i c h t h e y a r e c e r t i f i e d ) f o r a p e r i o d o f 6 months; t h i s r e - e x a m i n a t i o n need only consist of an approved operational examination administered by t h e a c t i v i t y ’ s t e s t examiner. 1 . 6 . 4 The Government I n s p e c t o r may r e q u e s t a n o p e r a t i o n a l o r w r i t t e n is examinationbeadministered i f t h e r e i s reason t o b e l i e v e t h a t a n i n d i v i d u a l unable t o competentlyperformatthelevelthattheindividual is c e r t i f i e d .

A l l n o n d e s t r u c t i v et e s tp e r s o n n e ls h a l lb er e q u i r e dt o 1 . 6 . 5 . 1G e n e r a l . p a s s a v i s i o n t e s t . The v i s i o n t e s t must b ec u r r e n t a t thetimeofexamination and v i s i o n t e s t s s h a l l b ec o n d u c t e da n n u a l l y .V i s i o nt e s t i n gs h a l lb ec o n d u c t e d by a q u a l i f i e d t e c h n i c i a n , u s i n g s t a n d a r d t e s t methods f o r d e t e r m i n i n g v i s u a l a c u i t y . T h es t a n d a r do fa c c e p t a n c ef o rv i s i o nt e s t ss h a l lb e :

“3 Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

1 . 6 . 5V i s i o nt e s t s .

NIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986

(b)

Naturalorcorrectedneardistanceacuitysuchthatthe i n d i v i d u a l i s capableofreading J1 l e t t e r s on t h e S t a n d a r d J a e g e r ' sT e s tt y p ec h a r tf o rn e a rv i s i o n ,o re q u i v a l e n tt y p e t e s t .T h i sr e q u i r e m e n t must be metby oneorbotheyes. A b i l i t y t o d i s t i n g u i s h between colors when r e q u i r e d by t h e work.

1 . 4 . 5 . 2 B r i g h t n e s sd i s c r i m i n a t i o n . A l l r a d i o g r a p h i cp e r s o n n e la sd e f i n e d i n 1 . 5 . 7 , s h a 11 a d d i t i o n a l l y b e t e s t e d f o r b r i g h t n e s s d i s c r i m i n a t i o n , u s i n g test r a d i o g r a p h s c o n t a i n i n g randomly d i s t r i b u t e d p e n e t r a m e t e r s , w i t h v a r y i n g d e n s i t i e s and s i z e s . tests must beusedduring 1 . 6 . 5 . 3 The c o r r e c t i v e a i d s u s e d f o r v i s i o n a l l s u b s e q u e n t i n s p e c t i o n s and t e s t s performed. certificationexaminationand 1.6,6 Records.Employing a c t i v i t i e ss h a l lm a i n t a i ni n d i v i d u a ln o n d e s t r u c tivetestpersonnelrecordsincludingthefollowing:

( a )T r a i n i n g andexperience. ( b )R e s u l t so fa l lc u r r e n te x a m i n a t i o n sw h i c hc a nb ec o r r e l a t e dt o the examination administered and a mastercopyofeachexaminat i o n . When ASNT i s u s e df o re x a m i n e rc e r t i f i c a t i o n ,t h e ASNT l e t t e r may b e u s e d f o r t h e b a s i c and method examinations. (c) A r e c o r do fv i s i o nt e s t sn o t i n gc o r r e c t i v ea i d su s e d . (d)Records s h a l l b em a i n t a i n e df o rt h ec u r r e n t a n dp r e c e d i n gc e r t i f i cation period unless otherwise stated.

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

A l l o f t h e above r e c o r d s s h a l l b e upon r e q u e s t . 1 . 6 . 7T r a n s f e r exceptasauthorized

made a v a i l a b l e t o t h e

Government I n s p e c t o r

of NDT c e r t i f i c a t i o n s t o o t h e r a c t i v i t i e s by NAVSEA.

is prohibited

1 . 7 P r o c e d u r eq u a l i f i c a t i o n and a p p r o v a l .N o n d e s t r u c t i v et e s t i n g specified herein shall be performed in accordance with written procedures.

methods

1 . 7 . 1 A c t i v i t i e s p e r f o r m i n g NDT s h a l l d e v e l o p and m a i n t a i n a w r i t t e n procedure for each method performedand c e r t i f y t h a t e a c h p r o c e d u r e is i n a c c o r d a n c ew i t ht h er e q u i r e m e n t s of t h i s s t a n d a r d . T h i s c e r t i f i c a t i o n s t a t e m e n t shall be part of each written procedure and signed by the cognizant examiner of the activity.

1 . 7 . 2 Each p r o c e d u r e s h a l l h a v e b e e n q u a l i f i e d by p r o v i n g t h a t known discontinuities,eithernaturalorartificial,canbereliablydetected and evaluated.Datadocumenting t h i sp r o c e d u r ed e m o n s t r a t i o ns h a l lb ep r o v i d e dt o t h e Government I n s p e c t o r upon r e q u e s t .T h i sr e q u i r e m e n td o e sn o ta p p l yt o proceduresapprovedunderpriorrevisionsofthisstandard. 1 . 7 . 3 Proceduresshallbeapproved by thecognizantexaminerofthe a c t i v i t y andreviewedby t h e Government I n s p e c t o r . The Government I n s p e c t o r may r e q u e s t d e m o n s t r a t i o n o f t h e p r o c e d u r e d u r i n g i n i t i a l r e v i e w o f t h e p r o c e d u r e o r a t any time there i s reason t o b e l i e v e it i s u n a b l e t o p r o v i d e adequateresults.

4 Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

MIL-STD-271F N D W 3 3 7 3 3 1 1 0 0 5 3 8 4 5 2 W blIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986 1 . 7 . 4P r o c e d u r e ss h a l ln o tb et r a n s f e r r e d withoutthespecificapprovalof NAVSEA.

fromone

a c t i v i t y toanother

1.8 Maintenanceofinspectionrecords.Recordsshallbe mai.n t a i n e d a s specifiedintheapplicableshipspecifications,fabricationspecifications and o t h e r documentsinvoking t h i s s t a n d a r d .

2.

APPLICABLE DOCUNENTS

2.1

Government documents.

2 . 1 . 1 S p e c i f i c a t i o n s and s t a n d a r d s U . n l e s so t h e r w i s es p e c i f i e d t, h e f o l l o w i n g s p e c i f i c a t i o n s and s t a n d a r d s o f t h e i s s u e l i s t e d i n t h a t i s s u e of t h e DepartmentofDefenseIndexofSpecificationsandStandards (DoDISS) specified in the solicitation form a p a r t of t h i s s t a n d a r d t o t h e e x t e n t specified herein.

FEDERAL P-D-680

-

Dry Cleaning Solvent.

MILITARY EIIL-1-25135

-

I n s p e c t i oM n a t e r i a l sF, e n e t r a n t s .

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

SPECIFICATIONS

STANDARDS MILITARY MIL-STD-278

-

PIIL-STD-792

-

MIL-STD-45662

-

F a b r i c a t i o n Welding and Inspection;and C a s t i n g I n s p e c t i o n and Repair for Machinery, P i p i n g and P r e s s u r e V e s s e l s i n S h i p s o f t h e U n i t e d S t a t e s Navy. I d e n t i f i c a t i o n Marking Requirements for Special Purpose Components. CalibrationSystemsRequirements.

( C o p i e so fs p e c i f i c a t i o n s and s t a n d a r d s r e q u i r e d by c o n t r a c t o r s i n c o n n e c tion with specific acquisition functions should be obtained from t h e c o n t r a c t i n g a c t i v i t y o r a s d i r e c t e d by the c o n t r a c t i n g o f f i c e r . ) 2 . 2O t h e rp u b l i c a t i o n s . The followingdocumentsform a p a r to ft h i s s t a n d a r dt ot h ee x t e n ts p e c i f i e dh e r e i n .U n l e s so t h e r w i s es p e c i f i e d ,t h e issuesofthe documentswhich a r e DoD a d o p t e d s h a l l b e t h o s e l i s t e d i n t h e i s s u eo ft h e DoDISS s p e c i f i e d i n t h e s o l i c i t a t i o n . The issuesofdocuments whichhavenotbeenadoptedshallbethoseineffect on t h e d a t e of t h e c i t e d DoDISS.

AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS (ASTM) D 3699 - S t a n d a r dS p e c i f i c a t i o nf o rK e r o s i n e .

(DoD adopted)

(Application for copies should be addressed to the American S o c i e t y f o r T e s t i n g and M a t e r i a l s , 1916 Race S t r e e t ,P h i l a d e l p h i a , PA 19103.)

5 Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

PlIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June1986

AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY (AW) A2.4 - Symbols f o r WeldingandNondestructiveTestingIncluding Brazing. (DoD adopted)

(Applicationforcopiesshouldbeaddressedtothe AmericanWelding P.O. Box 351040,Niami, FL 33135.) S o c i e t y ,I n c . , 550 NW LeJeuneRoad, SOCIETY OF AUTONOTIVE ENGINEERS (SAE) AMS 3161 - I n s p e c t i o n O i l , Odorless (ApplicationforcopiesshouldbeaddressedtotheSocietyofAutomotive Engineers, 400 Commonwealth Drive,Warrendale, PA 15096.)

AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING (ASNT) SNT-TC-1A. - Recommended P r a c t i c e f o r N o n d e s t r u c t i v e T e s t i n g P e r s o n n e l Q u a l i f i c a t i o n and C e r t i f i c a t i o n . Supplement Supplement Supplement Supplement Supplement

A B C D E

-

Radiographic Testing Nethod. MagneticParticleTestingNethod. U l t r a s o n i c T e s t i n g Method. LiquidPenetrantTesting Method. Eddy Current Testing Nethod.

(Applicationforcopiesshouldbeaddressedtothe N o n d e s t r u c t i v eT e s t i n g ,I n c . , 4153 A r l i n g a t eP l a z a ,

American S o c i e t y f o r Columbus, OH 43228-0518.)

(Nongovernment s t a n d a r d s a r e g e n e r a l l y a v a i l a b l e f o r r e f e r e n c e from l i b r a r i e s . They a r e a l s o d i s t r i b u t e d among nongovernment s t a n d a r d sb o d i e s usingFederalagencies.) The documents c i t e d i n t h i s s e c t i o n a r e f o r g u i d a n c e

and i n f o r m a t i o n .

2.3Orderofprecedence.Intheeventof a c o n f l i c t between t h et e x t t h i s s t a n d a r d and t h e r e f e r e n c e s c i t e d h e r e i n , t h e t e x t o f t h i s s t a n d a r d s h a l l take precedence. 3.

and

of

RADIOGRAPHY

3.1 Definitions. radiography:

The f o l l o w i n gd e f i n i t i o n sa r ea p p l i c a b l et o

3.1.1Energy. A p r o p e r t y of r a d i a t i o n whichdetermines i t s p e n e t r a t i n g a b i l i t y .I n X-rayradiography,energy i s u s u a l l yd e t e r m i n e d by t h e acceleratingvoltageappliedtothe anodeand i s e x p r e s s e d a s k i l o v o l t s (kv) o rm i l l i o ne l e c t r o n v o l t s (MeV). I n gamma-ray radiography,energy is a c h a r a c t e r i s t i c of t h e s o u r c e . 3 . 1 . 2F i l mh o l d e r so rc a s s e t t e s .L i g h t p r o o fc o n t a i n e r sf o rh o l d i n g r a d i o g r a p h i cf i l mw i t ho rw i t h o u ti n t e n s i f y i n gs c r e e n s .T h e s ef i l mh o l d e r so r c a s s e t t e s may be r i g i d o r f l e x i b l e .

6 Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

KïL-STD-271P(SH) 27 J u n e 1986

3 . 1 . 3F i l t e r s .S h e e t so fl e a do ro t h e rm a t e r i a l sp l a c e di nt h er a d i a t i o n beam, e i t h e r a t t h e X-raytubebetweenthespecimenandthefilm,orbehindthe f i l m t o improve image q u a l i t y by s e l e c t i v e l y removing low energycomponentsfrom t h e r a d i a t i o n beam. 3 . 1 . 4I n t e n s i f y i n gs c r e e n s .S h e e t so fl e a do rl a y e r so ff l u o r e s c e n t c r y s t a l s betweenwhich t h e f i l m i s p l a c e d t o d e c r e a s e t h e e x p o s u r e

time,

(Tm). The t h i c k n e s so fm a t e r i a l uponwhich 3 . 1 ' 5 M a t e r i a lt h i c k n e s s The t h e pene t r a m e t e r i s b a s e df o rp i p i n gs y s t e mw e l d s ,i n c l u d i n gr e p a i rw e l d s . if measured, m a t e r i a l t h i c k n e s s is the n o m i n a l t h i c k n e s s o r a c t u a l t h i c k n e s s , of t h e s t r e n g t h member, and doesnotincludereinforcements,backingrings O r s t r i p s . The s t r e n g t h member i s d e f i n e d a s t h e t h i n n e r o f t h e s e c t i o n s b e i n g j o i n e d( s e e3 . 4 . 4 ) . 3 . 1 . 6 Maximum e f f e c t i v er a d i a t i o ns o u r c ed i m e n s i o n . The maximum s o u r c e o rf o c a ls p o td i m e n s i o np r o j e c t e d on t h e c e n t e r of t h er a d i o g r a p h i cf i l m .F o r example, a c y l i n d r i c a l i s o t o p e s o u r c e whose l e n g t h i s g r e a t e r t h a n i t s diameter w i l l have a g r e a t e r e f f e c t i v e r a d i a t i o n s o u r c e d i m e n s i o n when o r i e n t e d c o a x i a l l y in the center of a p i p e f o r a panoramic exposure than when t h e a x i s of t h e s o u r c e is positioned at right angles to the pipe. 3.1.7 M u l t i p l ef i l mt e c h n i q u e . A p r o c e d u r ei nw h i c h two o r more films o f t h e same o r d i f f e r e n t s p e e d a r e u s e d i n t h e same film holder, and exposed simultaneously. 3 . 1 . 8 Penetrameter. A d e v i c e whoseimage i n a radiograph i s used t o d e t e r m i n er a d i o g r a p h i cq u a l i t yl e v e l . I t i s n o ti n t e n d e df o ru s ei nj u d g i n g the size nor for establishing acceptance of discontinuities. 3 . 1 . 9 P e n e t r a m e t e rs e n s i t i v i t y . An i n d i c a t i o no ft h ea b i l i t yo ft h e radiographicproceduretodemonstrate a certain difference in specimen thickness a p e r c e n t a g eo ft h et h i c k n e s s ( u s u a l l y 2 p e r c e n t ) . I t i s t h er a t i oe x p r e s s e da s of a penetrameter whose o u t l i n e i s d i s c e r n i b l e i n a r a d i o g r a p h t o t h e m a t e r i a l t h i c k n e s s (T,) of thespecimenradiographed. . 3.1.10Radiograph. A v i s i b l e image on filmproduced by t h ep e n e t r a t i o n o fr a d i a t i o nt h r o u g ht h em a t e r i a lb e i n gt e s t e d . When two superimposedfilms a r e e x p o s e ds i m u l t a n e o u s l yi nt h e same f i l m h o l d e r , t o b e v i e w e d l a t e r as a superimposedpair,thesuperimposedpairofexposedfilmconstitutesthe radiograph.

A q u a n t i t a t i v em e a s u r eo ff i l m

3.1.11 R a d i o g r a p h i cf i l md e n s i t y . blackening,defined by t h e e q u a t i o n :

Where : d I 1;

= density. = t h el i g h ti n t e n s i t yi n c i d e n t on t h ef i l m . = t h el i g h ti n t e n s i t yt r a n s m i t t e dt h r o u g ht h ef i l m .

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

7 Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

m

ND

NIL-STD-27LF ~~

7 7 7 7 7 3 3 00578Lt8 8

m

~ ~~

~

~

~~~

~~

PlIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986 3 . 1 . 1 2R a d i o g r a p h i ci n s p e c t i o n . The u s e ofX-raysandgamma-rays, or both,todetectdiscontinuitiesinmaterial by p r e s e n t i n g t h e i r images on r e c o r d i n g medium s u i t a b l e f o r i n t e r p r e t a t i o n by a q u a l i f i e d i n s p e c t o r ( s e e 1.5.7). 3 . 1 . 1 3R a d i o g r a p h i c a l l ys i m i l a rm a t e r i a l s .l i a t e r i a l s X-ray o r gamma-ray a b s o r p t i o n c h a r a c t e r i s t i c s , r e g a r d l e s s compos it i o n .

whichhave ofchemical

similar

3 . 1 . 1 4S h i e l d i n g .S h e e t so fl e a do ro t h e rm a t e r i a lu s e dt oa b s o r b scatteredradiation. 3.1.15Source. A machine o rr a d i o a c t i v em a t e r i a l penetrating radiation. 3 . 1 . 1 6S o u r c e - t o - f i l md i s t a n c e . and t h e f i l m .

whichemits

The d i s t a n c e between t h er a d i a t i o ns o u r c e

3.1.17 Specimen t h i c k n e s s (Ts). The t o t a lt h i c k n e s st ob er a d i o g r a p h e d . T h i s i s t h e t h i c k n e s s upon which t h e s o u r c e - t o - f i l m d i s t a n c e i s based,and a l s o t h e t h i c k n e s s upon w h i c h p e n e t r a m e t e r s a r e b a s e d f o r s t r u c t u r a l c a s t i n g s , and s t r u c t u r a l w e l d s .

is

i s used 3.2Generalrequirements.Theradiographic method o ft e s t i n g fordeterminingthepresenceofdiscontinuitiesinallferrous and nonferrous metals. R a d i o g r a p h i ci n s p e c t i o ns p e c i f i e dh e r e i n i s intended t o apply t o a l l items r e q u i r i n g r a d i o g r a p h i c i n s p e c t i o n i n c o m p l i a n c e w i t h a p p l i c a b l e s p e c i f i c a t i o n s ,d r a w i n g s ,c o n t r a c t s ,o rp u r c h a s eo r d e r s , and oneof the following shall be used:

( a ) X-ray machine. Iridium-192. (b) ( c ) Cobalt -60. (d) Cesium-137. ( e ) The u s eo fo t h e rr a d i a t i o ns o u r c e sr e q u i r e ss p e c i f i c approval.

NAVSEA

3 . 2 . 1 Extent of r a d i o g r a p h i ci n s p e c t i o n . A l l procurementdocuments, d r a w i n g s ,o rb o t hs h a l ls p e c i f yt h ee x t e n to fr a d i o g r a p h i ci n s p e c t i o n , when it i s r e q u i r e d .T h i si n f o r m a t i o ns h a l li n c l u d et h e number ofareas and items t o beradiographed,thepointinfabrication when radiography shall be performed, t h e q u a l i t y level of i n s p e c t i o n and t h e a c c e p t a n c e s t a n d a r d t o b e a p p l i e d . Drawings s p e c i f y i n g r a d i o g r a p h i c c o v e r a g e r e q u i r e m e n t s s h a l l employ AWS A 2 . 4 . r a d i o g r a p h i c symbols t h a t a r e i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h

3 . 2 . 1 . 1 RadiographicShootingSketch (RSS) f o rc a s t i n g s . The c a s t i n g designershallselect and i d e n t i f y , i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h AWS A2.4,areas r e q u i r i n gr a d i o g r a p h y on t h ee n g i n e e r i n gd r a w i n g . The c o n t r a c t o ro ra c t i v i t y performingtheinspectionshallpreparethe RSS which shows film placements and r a d i a t i o n d i r e c t i o n s t o a s s u r e a d e q u a t e r a d i o g r a p h i c c o v e r a g e a s s p e c i f i e d by t h ee n g i n e e r i n gd r a w i n g . The RSS s h a l l b e v a l i d a t e d by a s i g n a t u r eo f a c e r t i f i e dr a d i o g r a p h i ci n s p e c t o r . The requirements of 3 . 3 . 1 4h e r e i np r o v i d e s p e c i f i c d e t a i l e d r e q u i r e m e n t s which s h a l l be contained on t h e RSS. --```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

8 .

-

."

~

-

~~

I

~~

. ..

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST ~~

NIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986 3 . 2 . 2R a d i o g r a p h i cp r o c e d u r eR . a d i o g r a p h i ci n s p e c t i o np r o c e d u r e s shallcontainas a minimum, t h e f o l l o w i n g e l e m e n t s : 3.2.2.1

Piinimum radiographicprocedurerequirements.

(a)X-raymachineinformation. (1) Model and t y p e (2) Nanufacturer ( 3 )F o c a ls p o ts i z e ( 4 ) V o l t a g rea t i n g (b)Isotopesourceinformation (1) Type of i s o t o p e ( 2S ) o u r c es t r e n g t h (maximum) ( 3 ) Source dimensions (c)Filmprocessingmethods ( dF) e r s o n n eql u a l i f i c a t i o n s (e) Film type ( f ) Viewing f a c i l i t i e s (9) Filmdensityrequirementsincludingdensitymeasuringequipment used (h) Method o fp r o v i d i n gf i l mi d e n t i f i c a t i o ni na c c o r d a n c ew i t h3 . 3 . 8 ( i ) The r e q u i r e m e n t so ft h i ss t a n d a r dt h a ta p p l y 3 . 2 . 2 . 2S u r v e yo fr a d i o g r a - p h i cf a c i l i t i e s . The Government Inspector shallperformradiographicfacilities andproceduresurveysofactivitiestoensure that the organization i s performingradiographicinspectioninaccordancewith t h er e q u i r e m e n t so ft h i ss t a n d a r d . The surveys may beconducted a t 12-month intervalsunlessthequalityofradiographicperformancedictates a needfor more f r e q u e n ts u r v e i l l a n c e . TheGovernment I n s p e c t o rs h a l lm a i n t a i n a recordof t h e r e s u l t s ofeachsurvey. The r e c o r d ss h a l li n c l u d es u f f i c i e n ti n f o r m a t i o nt o establish that the activity i s p e r f o r m i n gr a d i o g r a p h i ci n s p e c t i o ni na c c o r d a n c e with i t s procedure and this standard. --```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

3.3 Radiography requirements. 3 . 3 . 1D i r e c t i o no fr a d i a t i o n U . n l e s so t h e r w i s es p e c i f i e d t, h e d i r e c t i o n of t h e c e n t r a l beam of r a d i a t i o n s h a l l b e a s n e a r l y c e n t r a l t o t h e a r e a b e i n g examinedand p e r p e n d i c u l a r t o t h e s u r f a c e o f t h e f i l m as p o s s i b l e . 3 . 3 . 2S c r e e n s ,f i l t e r s , andmasking. A l l radiographsproducedwith s o u r c e of 150 kv o r g r e a t e r s h a l l employ a f r o n t andbackleadscreen in c o n t a c tw i t ht h ef i l m .I n t e n s i f y i n gs c r e e n sa n df i l t e r ss h a l lb ea sf o l l o w s :

a

(a)

.

I n t e n s i f y i n gs c r e e n s . Lead o x i d eo rl e a df o i ls h a l lb eu s e da s i n t e n s i f y i n gs c r e e n s . Lead oxide,however,shallonlybeused forenergiesbetween 100 and 300 kv.Intimatecontactbetween t h e s c r e e n s and t h e f i l m s s h o u l d b e m a i n t a i n e d d u r i n g e x p o s u r e . ( b )F r o n tf i l t e r s . When u s i n gr a d i a t i o ns o u r c e sw i t he n e r g i e so f 0 . 7 FleV o r g r e a t e r ( i n c l u d i n g C o b a l t - 6 0 ) , a leadfilterwith minimum thickness of 0.010 inch shall be placed between the specimenandthefilm. The f i l t e r may b el o c a t e de i t h e ri n

Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

a

MIL-STD-271F N D m 9 9 7 9 3 3 3 0 0 5 9 8 5 0 b m PlIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986

(c)

thefilmholder and may becombined w i t h t h e i n t e n s i f y i n g s c r e e n , o r may belocated i n f r o n t o f t h e f i l m h o l d e r . of t h e f i l m h o l d e r , However, i f t h e f i l t e r i s l o c a t e d i n f r o n t thescreensshallbeplacedincontactwiththefilm,asin(a) above. Back f i l t e r s . Lead f i l t e r s s h a l l beusedbehindthefilmholder t op r e v e n ts c a t t e r e dr a d i a t i o n from t h e f l o o r , w a l l s , a i r , o r o t h e rs u r r o u n d i n go b j e c t s from f o g g i n gt h ef i l m . Each h o l d e r s h a l l h a v e a l e a d l e t t e r "B" a minimum of 1 / 2 inchhighand a minimum of 1/ 16 i n c h t h i c k p o s i t i o n e d b e h i n d t h e f i l m and w i t h i nt h ea r e ao ff i l mt ob er e a d . When performingpanoramic exposures,onelead l e t t e r "B" may beplacedineachquadrant. The l e a d l e t t e r "B" i s notrequiredforradiographyofcircum3 / 4 inch ferentialweldswithaninsidediameterlessthan which areperformed by t h es i n g l ew a l le x p o s u r et e c h n i q u e .I f t h e image o f t h e l e t t e r "B" shows a l i g h t imageon a d a r k e r background, t h er a d i o g r a p hs h a l lb er e j e c t e d . A d a r k e r image of t h e l e t t e r "B" on a l i g h t e r background i s n o t c a u s e f o r rejectionprovidedthedarker image d o e s n o t i n t e r f e r e w i t h t h e film evaluation.

3.3.3 Film. Radiographs shall be made on f i n e g r a i n , e x t r a - f i n e g r a i n o ru l t r a - f i n eg r a i n ,s a f e t yb a s ef i l m .H i g h - s p e e d , medium o rc o a r s eg r a i n filmsshallbeusedonly when a u t h o r i z e d by NAVSEA o r i t s a u t h o r i z e d r e p r e senta tive. 3 . 3 . 3 . 1 Film q u a l i t y .R a d i o g r a p h sp r e s e n t e df o ri n t e r p r e t a t i o ns h a l l b e f r e e from b l e m i s h e s o r f i l m a r t i f a c t s whichmight mask or be confused with d e f e c t si nt h em a t e r i a lb e i n ge x a m i n e d . I f d o u b te x i s t sc o n c e r n i n gt h et r u e n a t u r e ofanindication on t h ef i l m ,t h er a d i o g r a p hs h a l lb er e j e c t e d .T y p i c a l b l e m i s h e sa r ea sf o l l o w s :

(a)Foggingcaused by l i g h t l e a k s i n t h e p r o c e s s i n g room o r c a s s e t t e s ,d e f e c t i v es a f e l i g h t s ,e x p o s u r e marks caused by improperprocessing,oroldfilm. ( b )M e c h a n i c a lp r o c e s s i n gd e f e c t ss u c ha ss t r e a k i n g ,a i rb e l l s , watermarks, orchemicalstains. (c)Blemishescaused by d i r t i n c a s s e t t e s , p a r t i c u l a r l y between i n t e n s i f y i n g s c r e e n s and t h e f i l m . ( d )P r e s s u r eo rl e a dm a r k s ,s c r a t c h e s ,g o u g e s ,f i n g e rm a r k s ,c r i m p marks, o r s t a t i c e l e c t r i c i t y marks. ( e ) Lossof d e t a i lc a u s e d b yp o o rf i l m - t o - s c r e e nc o n t a c ti n localized areas. 3 . 3 . 3 . 2 Filmdensity. The d e n s i t ys h a l lb e 1 . 5 t o 4 . 0 f o rs i n g l e f i l m viewingand 2 . 0 t o 4 . 0 for superimposed film viewing in the area being examined f o ra c c e p t a n c e . For c a s t i n g s and f o r g i n g s ,t h ed e n s i t ys h a l lb e 1.5 t o 4.0 i n theareabeing examined f o r a c c e p t a n c e f o r b o t h t h e s i n g l e andsuperimposedfilm viewing. When t h et h i c k n e s so ft h ep a r tv a r i e sc o n s i d e r a b l yi nt h ea r e au n d e r examination, two o r more f i l m s , e i t h e r o f e q u a l o r o f d i f f e r e n t s p e e d s may be exposed simultaneously in the same f i l m h o l d e r and t h e r e s u l t a n t r a d i o g r a p h submittedforinterpretationeither as singleorsuperimposedfilm,whichever

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

10 Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

MIL-STD-273F

ND W 7 7 7 7 7 3 30 0 5 7 8 5 3

8 W

tlIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986

is better suited for the interpretation of any small p o r t i o n o f t h e a r e a c o v e r e d by t h ee x p o s u r e .F o rt h e small p o r t i o n of theareaunderimmediateexamination, the density of either th'e s i n g l e o r t h e s u p e r i m p o s e d f i l m s h a l l b e i n a c c o r d a n c e with the aforementioned requirements. 3 . 3 . 3 . 3 M u l t i p l ef i l mt e c h n i q u e s ,F i l mt e c h n i q u e sw i t h two o r more f i l m s of t h e same o r d i f f e r e n t s p e e d s i n t h e same f i l m h o l d e r s h a l l b e p e r m i t t e d , p r o videdtheapplicableradiographicqualitylevelfor a specific area is demonstrated. 3 . 3 . 4 F i l m l e s st e c h n i q u e s . The use o ff i l m l e s st e c h n i q u e ss h a l lb e limitedtoin-processinspection and s h a l l n o t b e p e r m i t t e d f o r f i n a l a c c e p t a n c e inspection unless specifically authorized by NAVSEA. 3 . 3 . 5 R a d i a t i o ns o u r c e s . Recommended X-raymachinevoltagesettings andgamma-ray s o u r c e s t o b e u s e d w i t h v a r i o u s s p e c i m e n t h i c k n e s s e s a r e shown on f i g u r e s 1, 2 and 3 . C o b a l t - 6 0s o u r c e ss h a l ln o tb eu s e d onnominalmaterial t h i c k n e s s e sl e s st h a n 1 i n c h .O t h e rv o l t a g es e t t i n g so rs o u r c e s may beused providedtherequiredqualitylevelsaremaintained. 3.3.6

S o u r c e - t o - f i l md i s t a n c e .

3 - 3 . 6 . 1 The s o u r c e - t o - f i l m d i s t a n c e s h a l l b e s u c h t h a t t h e g e o m e t r i c unsharpness (Ug) v a l u e so ff i g u r e 4B are n o te x c e e d e d .S o u r c e - t o - f i l md i s t a n c e as f o l l o w s : (SFD) s h a l l b e c a l c u l a t e d SFD = t

+ ug --```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Where : Ug = Geometric unsharpness F

= Maximum e f f e c t i v e r a d i a t i o n s o u r c e d i m e n s i o n i n i n c h e s ( s e e

t

= Specimen t h i c k n e s s T

SFD

S

i ni n c h e s

= D i s t a n c e ,i ni n c h e s ,b e t w e e nr a d i a t i o ns o u r c e ofspecimen

3 . 3 . 6 . 2 When a gapbetween thespecimenandfilmholder t h e SFD s h a l l b e i n c r e a s e d by t h e r a t i o o f : t

+

3.1.6)

and s o u r c es i d e

i s unavoidable,

gap

t

3 . 3 . 6 . 3 When u s i n gr a d i o i s o t o p es o u r c e s whose l e n g t h s a r e g r e a t e r t h a n 1 / 8 - i n c h Y t h e SFD s h a l l b e i n c r e a s e d i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h f i g u r e 4C t o compensate for increased dispersion caused by s i d e e f f e c t s . 3 . 3 . 6 . 4 When a c c e s s i b i l i t yd o e sn o tp e r m i tc o m p l i a n c ew i t ht h ea b o v e , shortersource-to-filmdistance i s allowed provided the following conditions are met :

Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

a

NIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June1986

(a) (b) (c)

The r e q u i r e dq u a l i t yl e v e l i s obtained. The g r e a t e s tp o s s i b l es o u r c e - t o - f i l md i s t a n c e i s used. The r a d i o g r a p h i cr e c o r d showswhat a c c e s s i b i l i t yc o n d i t i o n s l i m i t e dt h es o u r c e - t o - f i l md i s t a n c e and i n d i c a t e s t h e a c t u a l source-to-film distance used.

3.3.7Radiographiclocationmarkers. The imagesof t h el o c a t i o n markersforthecoordinationofthepartwiththefilmshallappear on t h e film without interfering with the interpretation and w i t h suchanarrangement t h a t it i s evidentthatcompletecoverage was obtained.Thesemarkerpositions s h a l l be marked on t h e p a r t and t h e p o s i t i o n of t h e m a r k e r s s h a l l b e m a i n t a i n e d on t h ep a r td u r i n gr a d i o g r a p h y . When u s i n g a t e c h n i q u ei n which r a d i a t i o n passes through two w a l l s and t h e w e l d s i n b o t h w a l l s a r e v i e w e d f o r a c c e p t a n c e , and t h e e n t i r e image of t h e o b j e c t b e i n g r a d i o g r a p h e d i s shown on t h e r a d i o graph,onlyonelocationmarker i s r e q u i r e d on t h e b a s e m e t a l a t t h e c e n t e r o f t h ea r e ab e i n g examined.Markings s h a l lb ei na c c o r d a n c ew i t h MIL-STD-792. 3 . 3 . 8F i l mi d e n t i f i c a t i o n . A s y s t e mo fp o s i t i v ei d e n t i f i c a t i o no ft h e filmshallbeused and e a c h f i l m s h a l l h a v e a unique identification relating it t o t h e item b e i n gi n s p e c t e d . As a minimum, t h ef o l l o w i n ga d d i t i o n a l informationshallappear on eachradiograph o r i n t h e r e c o r d s accompanyingeach radiograph:

(a) I d e n t i f i c a t i o n of t h eo r g a n i z a t i o n making t h er a d i o g r a p h . (b)Dateofexposure. ( c )I d e n t i f i c a t i o n of t h e p a r t , component orsystemand,where a p p l i c a b l e , t h e weld j o i n t i n t h e p a r t , component o r system. (d) Whether t h er a d i o g r a p h i s o f t h e o r i g i n a l a r e a o r a r e p a i ra r e a . 3 . 3 . 9M a i n t e n a n c eo fr a d i o g r a p h i cr e c o r d s R . a d i o g r a p h i cr e c o r d ss h a l l be maintained in accordance with 1.8. --```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

3.3.10 Darkroom f a c i l i t i e s . Darkroom f a c i l i t i e s ,i n c l u d i n g equipment andmaterials,shallbecapableofproducinguniform,blemish-freeradiographic negatives. 3 . 3 . 1 1F i l mv i e w i n gf a c i l i t i e s . Viewing f a c i l i t i e s s h a l l be s o constructedastoaffordtheexclusionofobjectionablebackgroundlightingof a n i n t e n s i t y t h a t may c a u s e r e f l e c t i o n on t h e r a d i o g r a p h i c f i l m . 3 . 3 . 1 1 . 1 Equipment u s e df o rr a d i o g r a p h i ci n t e r p r e t a t i o ns h a l lp r o v i d e t h e f o l l o w i n g minimum f e a t u r e s : (a)

(b)

A l i g h ts o u r c eo fs u f f i c i e n ti n t e n s i t yc o n t r o l l e dt oa l l o wt h e s e l e c t i o n o f optimum i n t e n s i t i e s f o r v i e w i n g f i l m d e n s i t i e s s p e c i f i e di n3 . 3 . 3 . 2 . The r e q u i r e di n t e n s i t yr a n g e may be provided by t h e u s e of a s e p a r a t e h i g h i n t e n s i t y v i e w i n g p o r t . The l i g h t e n c l o s u r e s h a l l b e so d e s i g n e d t o p r o v i d e a uniform levelofilluminationovertheentireviewingsurface. A s u i t a b l ef a n ,b l o w e ro ro t h e rc o o l i n gd e v i c et op r o v i d es t a b l e temperatureattheviewingportsuchthatfilmemulsionsshall n o t be damaged d u r i n g 1 minute of c o n t i n u o u s c o n t a c t w i t h t h e viewing surface.

Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

MIL-STD-271F N D W 99999LL 0059853 L W FlIL-STD-27lF(SH) 27 June 1986 (c)

t o be

3 . 3 . 1 2 S u r f a c ep r e p a r a t i o no f componentsandwelds p r i o rt or a d i o g r a p h y . Neta1 components s h a l l b ef r e eo fs c a l e ,s u r f a c es l a g ,a d h e r i n go r imbedded sand,orothersurfaceconditionswhich may i n t e r f e r e w i t h p r o p e r i n t e r p r e t a t i o n o fr a d i o g r a p h s .W i t ht h ee x c e p t i o no fu n d e r c u t sa tt h et o eo ft h ew e l d which are w i t h i n s p e c i f i c a t i o n a l l o w a n c e s , t h e c o n t o u r o f w e l d s s h a l l b e blendedsmoothly and g r a d u a l l yi n t ot h eb a s em e t a l .E x c e s s i v ew e l dr i p p l e s or weld s u r f a c e i r r e g u l a r i t i e s OG t h e o u t s i d e ( a n d i n s i d e , i f a c c e s s i b l e ) s h a l l b e removed by any s u i t a b l e m e c h a n i c a l p r o c e s s t o s u c h a degree that the resulting radiographic contrast due to any i r r e g u l a r i t y c a n n o t mask or be confused with t h e image of a d e f e c t . "

3 . 3 . 1 3 S a f e t y .R a d i o g r a p h i ct e s t ss h a l lb ep e r f o r m e du n d e rp r o t e c t e d conditionssuchthatpersonnelshallnotreceive a whole-body r a d i a t i o n d o s a g e e x c e e d i n g t h e maximum p e r m i t t e d by c i t y , s t a t e o r n a t i o n a l c o d e s . 3 . 3 . 1 4 I n t e r p r e t a t i o n ofradiographs. To a i di nt h ep r o p e ri n t e r p r e t a t i o no fr a d i o g r a p h s , a sketch,drawing,writtenprocedureorequivalent r e c o r ds h a l lb ep r e p a r e d t o show t h e s e t u p u s e d t o make e a c hr a d i o g r a p h . The i n f o r m a t i o n s h a l l accompany eachradiograph(or a groupofradiographs if the same i n f o r m a t i o na p p l i e s ) .R e f e r e n c et o a s t a n d a r ds e t u p i s a c c e p t a b l ei f d e s c r i p t i o n so ft h i ss t a n d a r ds e t u pa r e made a v a i l a b l e . The i n f o r m a t i o ns h a l l

Number of films and filmtype.. Locationofeachfilm on the radiographed item. Orientationoflocationmarkers. L o c a t i o no fr a d i a t i o ns o u r c e ,i n c l u d i n gs o u r c e - t o - f i l md i s t a n c e and approximate angle of beam. The k i l o v o l t a g e and f o c a l s p o t s i z e ( f o r X-raymachines). The i s o t o p e t y p e , i n t e n s i t y ( i n c u r i e s ) , and physicaldimensions. Typeof m a t e r i a l , and m a t e r i a l t h i c k n e s s . Type ofweld j o i n t , f o r example, b u t t w i t h b a c k i n g r i n g . Whether o r i g i n a l o r r e p a i r . P a r t anddrawingnumber. P l a t e r i a l - g r o u p s and p e n e t r a m e t e r s i z e s and t h e r e q u i r e d q u a l i t y level. Single or double wall viewing. Type and t h i c k n e s s o f i n t e n s i f y i n g s c r e e n s and f i l t e r s . A p p l i c a b l ea c c e p t a n c es t a n d a r d s . S i g n a t u r e of t h e r a d i o g r a p h i c o p e r a t o r . 3.3.15

R a d i o g r a p h i cr e c o r d s R . a d i o g r a p h i cr e c o r d ss h a l lc o n t a i nt h ef o l l o w i n g :

( a ) The i n f o r m a t i o ns p e c i f i e di n 3.3.14. ( b )N o t a t i o no fa c c e p t a b l ea n dr e j e c t a b l ed i s c o n t i n u i t i e s .

13 Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

Any

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

An o p a l glass f r o n ti ne a c hv i e w i n gp o r t ,e x c e p tf o rh i g h i n t e n s i t y viewers u s e d f o r h i g h d e n s i t y f i l m . (d) A set ofopaque masks t o s u i t t h e s i z e s ofradiographs viewed. (e)Densitometers (FlacBeth Node1 TD-102, o re q u a l )s h a l lb e provided for assuring conformance with film density requirements.

I

-

N D m 77777LL 0 0 5 7 8 5 4 3 m

MIL-STD-27LF

MIL-STD-B71F(SH) 27 June1986 questionable discontinuity in the area of i n t e r e s t which i s due t o a s u r f a c e c o n d i t i o n s h a l l b e v i s u a l l y v e r i f i e d and n o t e d . (c)Date of i n t e r p r e t a t i o n . ( d )D i s p o s i t i o n( a c c e p t / r e j e c t )o ft h e item radiographed. ( e )S i g n a t u r eo ft h er a d i o g r a p h i ci n s p e c t o r . 3.3.16Radiographs I n s p e c t o r upon r e q u e s t .

and r e c o r d s s h a l l

be made a v a i l a b l e t o t h e

Government

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

3 . 4P e n e t r a m e t e r s .P e n e t r a m e t e r ss h a l lb e employed f o ra l lr a d i o g r a p h s ,e x c e p ta ss p e c i f i e di n3 . 8 , and t h ep e n e t r a m e t e r image will be employed t o d e t e r m i n e t h e r a d i o g r a p h i c q u a l i t y l e v e l . 3 . 4 . 1P e n e t r a m e t e rm a t e r i a l M . ateriag l r o u p i n gf o rp e n e t r a m e t e r m a t e r i a ls h a l lb ea sf o l l o w s ,e x c e p tt h a tp e n e t r a m e t e r so f a lowergroup number may be used for any material group of a h i g h e r number p r o v i d i n g t h e a p p l i c a b l e q u a l i t yl e v e l i s m a i n t a i n e d .F o rm a t e r i a ln o tl i s t e d ,t h ep e n e t r a m e t e r materialshallbeasspecifiedin3.4.1.2. M a t e r i a l , Group I

Carbon P e nsetterealm e t e r s t e rsitaeleslA l l o y Stainless steel Manganese-nickel-aluminum bronze

Penetrameters, Group I madeof of any interchangeably. usedmay be

M a t e r i a l , Group I T

Penetrameters, Group I I

Aluminum bronze Nickel-aluminum-bronze

Penetrameters made of anyof m a t e r i a l s may b e u s e d i n t e r changeably.

M a t e r i a l , Group III

Penetrameters, Group I I I

these

these

Nickel-chromium-iron Nickel-chromium-iron alloy alloy. Iwfaterial, Group I V

Penetrameters, Group I V

Nickel-copperalloys C o p p e r - n i c k e la l l o y s

Penetrameters made of anyof t h e s e m a t e r i a l s may be used interchangeably.

M a t e r i a l , Group V

Penetrameters, Group V

Tin bronze Gun metals Valve bronze

Penetrameters made ofany of t h e s e m a t e r i a l s may be used interchangeably.

3 . 4 . 1 . 1D i s s i m i l a rm e t a lw e l d s . 3.4.1.1.1Forwelds made between d i s s i m i l a r m e t a l s i n anyonegroup, thegradepenetrametersforthat-grouporpenetrameters of a lowergrade number s h a l l b eu s e d ,p r o v i d e dt h eq u a l i t yl e v e la sa p p l i c a b l e i s maintained.

Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

MIL-STD-27LF N D m 9 9 9 9 9 3 3 0 0 5 7 8 5 5 5 m PlIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 J u n e 1986 3.4.1.1.2 Forwelds made between d i s s i m i l a rm e t a l sn o to ft h e same m a t e r i a l s g r o u p , two p e n e t r a m e t e r s s h a l l b e u s e d , o n e o n e a c h s i d e o f t h e j o i n t . Each p e n e t r a m e t e rs h a l lb eo ft h eg r a d e number r e p r e s e n t i n gt h eb a s e metaluponwhich it i s p l a c e d , o r a lower grade number penetrameter.may be u s e d .Q u a l i t yl e v e l ,a sa p p l i c a b l e ,s h a l lb et h e same a s wouldbe applicable forsinglepenetrametersofweldjointsofsimilarbasemetals. 3.4.1.2 O t h e rm e t a l s .F o rr a d i o g r a p h yo fm a t e r i a l sn o th e r e i nc o v e r e d , p e n e t r a m e t e r so ft h e same m a t e r i a l may b e u s e d , o r p e n e t r a m e t e r s o f any o t h e r material may beused i f t h ef o l l o w i n gr e q u i r e m e n t sa r em e t . Two blocksof equalthickness,oneofthematerialtoberadiographed andoneof the material ofwhichthepenetrameters are made, s h a l l beradiographed on t h e same f i l m by oneexposure a t t h e l o w e s t e n e r g y l e v e l t o beusedfortheproductionradiog r a p h s .D e n s i t o m e t e rr e a d i n g sf o rb o t hm a t e r i a l ss h a l l be r e a d from t h ef i l m and s h a l l bebetween 2 . 0 and 4 . 0 d e n s i t y f o r b o t h m a t e r i a l s . If t h e f i l m densityforthematerialtoberadiographed i s w i t h i n p l u s 15 p e r c e n t o r l e s s thanthefilmdensityforthepenetrametermaterial,thepenetrametermaterial may b e u s e d f o r r a d i o g r a p h y o f t h e p r o d u c t i o n m a t e r i a l . 3 . 4 . 2 Penetrameterdimensions. conform t o t h o s e shown on f i g u r e 4 .

The d i m e n s i o n so ft h ep e n e t r a m e t e rs h a l l

3 . 4 . 3 P e n e t r a m e t e ri d e n t i f i c a t i o n .P e n e t r a m e t e r ss h a l lb ei d e n t i f i e dw i t h l e a d numbers o r e n g r a v e d l e a d s t r i p s i n d i c a t i n g t h e m a t e r i a l t h i c k n e s s a s a p p l i c a b l e ) t o which t h e p e n e t r a m e t e r a p p l i e s a s s p e c i f i e d i n t a b l e

a

(Tm o r Ts I.

( a )R e c t a n g u l a rp e n e t r a m e t e r ss h a l lb ei d e n t i f i e dw i t hl e a d numbers attached t o thepenetrameters,as shown on f i g u r e 4 . (b) The lead numbers s h a l li n d i c a t et h en o m i n a lm a t e r i a lt h i c k n e s s (T,) inhundredthsofaninch up t o 1 inch,and in inchesto thenearesttenthofaninchover 1 inch. ( c ) Each p e n e t r a m e t e r s h a l l b e f u r t h e r i d e n t i f i e d by permanently marking i t s metalorprincipalalloycompositionintothesurfaceof the penetrameter, and by n o t c h e s i n a c c o r d a n c e with f i g u r e 4 A . 3 . 4 . 3 . 1 Leadnumbers s h a l lb ep l a c e da d j a c e n tt ot h ec i r c u l a rp e n e t r a meters t o p r o v i d e i d e n t i f i c a t i o n o f t h e p e n e t r a m e t e r on t h e f i l m . --```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

3.4.3.2 F o rt h es p e c i a ll e v e l s 1-1T and 1 - 2 T , t h i s l e a d number s h a l l indicate one-half the minimum t h i c k n e s s t o which t h e p e n e t r a m e t e r i s a p p l i c a b l e , and f o r l e v e l 4 - 2 T , t h i s l e a d number s h a l l i n d i c a t e t w i c e t h e minimum t h i c k n e s s t o which the penetrameter is applicable.

15 Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

NIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986 TABLE I .

Examples o fp e n e t r a m e t e ri d e n t i f i c a t i o n .

Penetrameter i d e n t iicfa t i o n number

25 50

Penetrameter thickness Inch

Min m a t e r i a l thickness T m Inches

O . 005 o 10 . O 15

O. 25 .50

. .O20

75

1.0 1.5 2.0 3.0

.75 1.0 1.5 2.0 3.0 5.5 9.0

.O30

.O40 .O60

5.5

.110 .180 .200

9.0 10.0

10.0

The 0 . 0 0 5 - i n c h p e n e t r a m e t e r s h a l l b e u s e d f o r material t h i c k n e s s less t h a n 0.25 i n c h u n l e s s o t h e r w i s e s p e c i f i e d i n the appl.icable specification or purchase order. For 2 p e r c e n t p e n e t r a m e t e r s e n s i t i v i t y :

(a)

S t a n d a r dr a d i o g r a p h i cq u a l i t y

(1)

levels.

2-2T: T h i sr e q u i r e st h a t a penetrameter whose t h i c k n e s s (T) i s n o g r e a t e r t h a n 2 p e r c e n t (1/50) of t h e m a t e r i a l t h i c k n e s s o f t h e item b e i n g r a d i o graphedand a h o l e d r i l l e d t h r o u g h the penetrameter w i t h a d i a m e t e r e q u a l t o twice t h e t h i c k n e s s of t h e p e n e t r a m e t e r (2T) s h a l l b e v i s i b l e . levels.

( b )S p e c i a lr a d i o g r a p h i cq u a l i t y

( 1 )Q u a l i t yl e v e l l - 1 T radiography. The 1T h o l ei n a penetrameter whose t h i c k n e s s (T) i s no g r e a t e r t h a n 1 percent(1/100) of t h e m a t e r i a l t h i c k n e s s shall be visible. (2) Q u a l i t y l e v e l 2-1T radiography. The 1T h o l ei n a penetrameter whose t h i c k n e s s (T) i s no g r e a t e r t h a n 2 p e r c e n t( 1 / 5 0 )o ft h e material t h i c k n e s s shall be visible. ( 3 ) Q u a l i t y l e v e l 1-2T radiography. The 2T h o l ei n a penetrameter whose t h i c k n e s s (T) i s no g r e a t e r t h a n 1 p e r c e n t( 1 / 1 0 0 )o ft h e material t h i c k n e s s shall be visible. (4) Q u a l i t y l e v e l 2-4T radiography. The 4T h o l ei n a penetrameter whose t h i c k n e s s (T) i s no g r e a t e r t h a n 2 p e r c e n t( 1 / 5 0 )o ft h e material t h i c k n e s s s h a l l be v i s i b l e .

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

16 Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

.

Corp Specs/9957810104 - Licensee=VSE . -

Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

.

.

P

NIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

.t

( 5 )Q u a l i t yl e v e l 4-2T radiography. The 2T h o l ei n a penetrameter whose t h i c k n e s s (T) i s no g r e a t e r t h a n 4 p e r c e n t( 1 / 2 5 )o ft h em a t e r i a lt h i c k n e s s shall be visible. 3 . 4 . 4P e n e t r a m e t esr e l e c t i o n . 3.4.4.1

W e l d s .P e n e t r a m e t e rs e l e c t i o ns h a l lb eb a s e d

on t h ef o l l o w i n g :

( a )S t r u c t u r a lw e l d s : The p e n e t r a m e t e rs h a l lb eb a s e d on specimen t h i c k n e s s Ts a s d e f i n e d i n 3 . 1 . 1 7 . (b)Piping,machinery and p r e s s u r ev e s s e lw e l d s : The penetrameter shallbebased on m a t e r i a l t h i c k n e s s Tm a s d e f i n e d i n 3 . 1 . 5 . 3 . 4 . 4 . 2C a s t i n g s and f o r g i n g s .C a s t i n g so rf o r g i n g s may beradiographed intheas-cast,as-forged,or roughmachined c o n d i t i o n sp r o v i d e dt h es u r f a c e conditiondoesnot mask r e s p e c t a b l e d e f e c t s and t h e f o l l o w i n g r e q u i r e m e n t s forpenetrameterselectionaremet: ( a )S t r u c t u r a lc a s t i n g s . The p e n e t r a m e t e rs h a l lb eb a s e d on t h e actualornominalthicknessbeingradiographed. (b)Othercastings. The p e n e t r a m e t e rt h i c k n e s ss h a l lb eb a s e do nt h e a c t u a lo rn o m i n a lt h i c k n e s sb e i n gr a d i o g r a p h e d . However, i f t h e thicknesstoberadiographedexceedsthenominalthicknessofthe finished piece, the penetrameter size shall be based on a t h i c k ness which does not exceed the nominal thickness of the finished p i e c e by more t h a n 20 p e r c e n t o r 1 / 4 i n c h , w h i c h e v e r is greater. The p e n e t r a m e t e r s i z e s h a l l n o t b e b a s e d on a t h i c k n e s s g r e a t e r t h a nt h ea c t u a lt h i c k n e s st ob er a d i o g r a p h e d .F o ra r e a si nc a s t ingswhich have been end-prepared for welding, the penetrameter s h a l l beselectedbased on t h e a c t u a l o r nominal thickness of the a r e aa d j a c e n tt o ,b u te x c l u s i v eo f ,t h ew e l de n d - p r e p a r a t i o n . 3 . 4 . 5A c c e p t a n c es t a n d a r d s .A c c e p t a n c es t a n d a r d ss h a l lb eb a s e do nt h e n o m i n a lt h i c k n e s so ft h ef i n i s h e dp a r te x c e p tt h a t ,f o rs t r u c t u r a lc a s t i n g , theacceptancestandards may bebased on t h e a c t u a l t h i c k n e s s b e i n g r a d i o g r a p h e d . 3.4.6

Number, l o c a t i o n , andplacementofpenetrameters

3 . 4 . 6 . 1P e n e t r a m e t e rl o c a t i o n . The p e n e t r a m e t e rs h a l lb ep l a c e d on t h e s o u r c es i d eo ft h es e c t i o nb e i n ge x a m i n e d .I nt h ei n s p e c t i o no fi r r e g u l a r objects,thepenetrametershallbeplaced on t h e p a r t of t h e o b j e c t f a r t h e s t from t h ef i l m . When p e r f o r m i n gd o u b l e - w a l lr a d i o g r a p h y ,t h ep e n e t r a m e t e rs h a l l b e p l a c e d on t h e s u r f a c e o f t h e w a l l o r walls being evaluated nearest the s o u r c eo fr a d i a t i o n( s e ef i g u r e 5 ) . Where t h i s i s n o tp r a c t i c a b l e ,t h ef i l m sidetechniquespecifiedin3.4.6.1.1,3.4.6.1.2,ortheseparateblocktechniqueof3.4.6.1.3 may b e employed. 3.4.6.1.F 1 i l m - s i dpe e n e t r a m e t etre c h n i q u(ed o u b l e - w a lelx p o s u r e ) . The film-sidepenetrameterplacementtechniqueshallbeas shown on f i g u r e 5 - 7 . The r a d i o g r a p h i c t e c h n i q u e s h a l l b e d e m o n s t r a t e d i n a similar s e c t i o n w i t h t h e applicablepenetrameterplaced on t h e s o u r c e s i d e o f t h e w a l l f o r which radiography i s d e s i r e d , and a s e r i e s of p e n e t r a m e t e r s , r a n g i n g i n t h i c k n e s s from

17 Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

.

MIL-STD-27LF N D m 77779LL 0 0 5 7 8 5 8 O W NIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986 that of the penetrameter required on t h e s o u r c e s i d e t o o n e - f o u r t h t h a t t h i c k n e s s ,s h a l lb ep l a c e d on t h ef i l ms i d e .I ft h ep r o p e rp e n e t r a m e t e r on thesourcesideindicatestherequiredqualitylevel,the image o f t h e smallest hole in the thinnest penetrameter clearly visible on t h e f i l m s i d e s h a l l b e and t h e p e n e t r a m e t e r h o l e t o b e a p p l i e d i n used t o d e t e r m i n e t h e p e n e t r a m e t e r e v a l u a t i n gp r o d u c t i o nr a d i o g r a p h s .T e c h n i q u er a d i o g r a p h ss h a l lb e made a v a i l a b l ef o rr e v i e w upon r e q u e s t by t h e Government I n s p e c t o r .T a b l e III contains a list offilmsidepenetrameterswhich may beused i n l i e u of performing techniqueradiographyandselectionofpenetrametersasdescribedabove. 3 . 4 . 6 . 1 . 2F i l m - s i d ep e n e t r a m e t e rt e c h n i q u e( s i n g l e - w a l le x p o s u r e ) . . For l a r g e d i a m e t e r p i p e ( 8 - i n c h and o v e r ) where t h e d i a m e t e r s a r e s u c h t h a t t h e s o u r c e may b e p l a c e d i n s i d e t h e p i p e f o r s i m u l t a n e o u s s i n g l e - w a l l r a d i o g r a p h y of weldsbutsource-sidepenetrameterplacement is notfeasible, a film-side penetrameter technique may be employed p r o v i d e d t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s of 3 . 3 . 6 and t h e r a d i o g r a p h i c q u a l i t y level o f t h e s o u r c e - s i d e p e n e t r a m e t e r b e i n g 2-2T as r e q u i r e d by 3 . 6 . When u s i n ga nI r i d i u m - 1 9 2s o u r c e ,t h er e q u i r e ds o u r c e - s i d e penetrameter may b e s e l e c t e d from t a b l e V f o r t h e a p p l i c a b l e wall t h i c k n e s s f o r s i n g l e - w a l lv i e w i n gt e c h n i q u e ,o r 2-4T f o r w e l d s less t h a n 3 / 4 i n c h t h i c k , whichever i s less r e s t r i c t i v e , and the f i l m - s i d e p e n e t r a m e t e r s e l e c t e d from table III. 3 . 4 . 6 . 1 . 3S e p a r a t eb l o c kp e n e t r a m e t e rt e c h n i q u e . The penetrameter may be p o s i t i o n e d on a block of r a d i o g r a p h i c a l l y similar m a t e r i a l p l a c e d as c l o s e a s p o s s i b l e t o t h e area beingradiographed. The b l o c k s h a l l beofthicknessequal t o o r greater t h a n t h e t h i c k n e s s of t h e item b e i n g r a d i o g r a p h e d a n d , i n p i p i n g l-inch nominal pipe s i z e and l a r g e r , s h a l l b e p o s i t i o n e d so t h a t t h e p e n e t r a meter i s a t t h e same d i s t a n c e from t h e f i l m as i t would be i f p l a c e d on t h e s o u r c es i d eo ft h e item beingradiographed. The f i l md e n s i t yo ft h eb l o c k image shall be not greater than 15 p e r c e n t more t h a n t h e f i l m d e n s i t y o f t h e a r e a o f i n t e r e s t . I t may be less d e n s e t h a n t h e d e n s i t y o f t h e a r e a o f i n t e r e s t . 3.4.6.2Requirementsforcastingandforgings. One p e n e t r a m e t e rs h a l l r e p r e s e n t an area w i t h i n which r a d i o g r a p h i c d e n s i t i e s do n o t v a r y more t h a n p l u s 30 p e r c e n t t o minus15 p e r c e n t from t h e d e n s i t y measured a d j a c e n t t o t h e be usedexceptas penetrameter. A t l e a s t o n ep e n e t r a m e t e rp e rr a d i o g r a p hs h a l l a shim i s p o s i t i o n e du n d e rt h ep e n e t r a m e t e r ,d e n s i t y s p e c i f i e di n3 . 8 .I f measurements s h a l l b e made on t h a t p a r t o f t h e shim a d j a c e n t t o t h e p e n e t r a m e t e r . When t h e f i l m d e n s i t y v a r í e s by more t h a n minus 15 t o p l u s 30 p e r c e n t , two penetrametersused as follows will b es a t i s f a c t o r y .I fo n ep e n e t r a m e t e r shows a n a c c e p t a b l e s e n s i t i v i t y a t t h e most d e n s e p o r t i o n of t h e r a d i o g r a p h , and t h e secondpenetrameter shows a n a c c e p t a b l e s e n s i t i v i t y a t theleastdense p o r t i o n o f the r a d i o g r a p h , t h e s e two p e n e t r a m e t e r s s h a l l s e r v e t o q u a l i f y t h e r a d i o g r a p hw i t h i nt h ed e n s i t y limits. For componentswhere t h e r ea r ec h a n g e s inwallthickness and wall a l i g n m e n t , a n d t h e u s e of two penetrameters is n o t i s approved. The r e q u i r e dp e n e t r a m e t e r p r a c t i c a l ,t h eu s eo fo n ep e n e t r a m e t e r d e n s i t y t o l e r a n c e neednotbemet; however, t h e d e n s i t y i n a r e a s o f i n t e r e s t s h a l l b e between1.5 and 4 . 0 . Where onlyonepenetrameter i s u s e d ,t h ep e n e t r a meter s i z e s h a l l b e b a s e d on t h e t h i n n e s t wall b e i n g r a d i o g r a p h e d a n d s h a l l b e placed on the thickest wall s e c t i o n . 3 . 4 . 6 . 3 Requirements f o rw e l d s . The number andplacement of penetrameters forspecificconfigurationsshall be as s p e c i f i e d i n t a b l e I I , and t h e f o l l o w i n g : --```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

MIL-STD-27LF N D m 77977LL 0057859 2 m ~

~~

blIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986

3.4.6.3.2 Theimage of t h ep e n e t r a m e t e rs h a l lb en o tg r e a t e rt h a n 1 - 1 / 4 i n c h from the edge of the weld as shown on t h e r a d i o g r a p h . 3.4.6.3.3 Penetrameters may beplaced bereadforacceptance.

on t h e w e l d o u t s i d e t h e a r e a t o

3.4.6.3.4 Penetrameters may beplaced orperpendiculartothelengthoftheweld.

with t h e l o n g a x i s e i t h e r p a r a l l e l

TABLE I I .

Penetrameterplacementforwelds.

Inspected weld l e n g t h( i n c h e s )

Configuration Welds i n curved s u r f a c e sl e s st h a n 2 4 i n c h e s i n diameter

Minimum no.of lenetrameter

5 and less

Greater than

Penetrameter placement

A t t h e c e n t e r of t h e area of interest One a t t h e e x t r e m i t y andone a t t h e centerofthearea of i n t e r e s t

5

Welds i n f l a t s u r f a c e s and curved surfaces 24 i n c h e s and g r e a t e r d i a m e t e r( i n c l u d e sl o n g i t u dinalweldsinpipes and pressure vessels)

Less t h a n 10

1

10 up t o and i n c l u d i n g 17

2

Essentialcircular [non-cylindrical welds o n ef i l m )

Unlimited

2

lpproximately 180 d e g r e e sa p a r ta t the extremity of the areabeinginspected

Unlimited

4

)ne i n eachquadrant

Unlimited

I

)ne i n e a c h a f f e c t e d q u a d r a n t ,p r o v i d e d thetechniqueused i s t h e same a s t h e initialradiography

17

3

on

Cylindrical welds radiographed simultaneously u s i n g a s e r i e s offilmor a s i n g l e l e n g t h of r o l l f i l m (panoramicexposure) R e p a i r si nc y l i n d r i c a l welds i n i t i a l l y radiographed using panoramicexposure . technique

Greaterthan

19 Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

A t the center of the area of interest One p l a c e d a t each extremityofthe area of interest One p l a c e d a t e a c h e x t r e m i t y andone a t t h e c e n t e r of t h e areä o f i n t e r e s t

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

3 . 4 . 6 . 3 . 1 Theimage o ft h ep e n e t r a m e t e ro rt h e shimonwhich the penetrameter i s placedshallnotbesuperimposed on t h e weld i n t h e a r e a b e i n g evaluated.

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

PlIL-STD-Z71F(SW) 27 June 1986

TABLE I I I .

Allowablefilm-sidepenetrameters.

A l lowed film-side penetrameter

Required source-side penetrameter

Required source-side penetrameter

A l lowed film-side penetrameter

”

Size S e n s i t i v i t y 25 2T 30 2T 35 2T 40 2T 45 2T 50 2T 50 4T 55 2T 55 4T 60 2T 60 4T 65 2T 65 4T 4T 70 2T

SizeSensitivity 70 75 2T 80 2T 85 2T 90 2T 95 2T 1.0 2T 1.2 2T 1.5 2T 1.7 2T 2.0 2T 2.2 2T 2.5 2T 2.7 2T

S i zSee n s i t i v i t y 25 4T 2T 25 4T 30 4T 35 4T 40 4T 45 2T 45 4T 50 2T 50 4T 55 2T 55 4T 60 2T 60 65 2T

SizeSensitivity 65 4T 70 2T 2T 75 80 2T 85 2T 90 2T 95 2T 1.0 2T 1.0 2T 1.0 2T 1.0 2T 1.2 2T 1.2 2T 1.5 2T

c

3.5 Shims. When a weld reinforcement o r b a c k i n g r i n g o r b a c k i n g s t r i p a r e n o t removed, a shim of m a t e r i a l which i s r a d i o g r a p h i c a l l y s i m i l a r t o t h e b a c k i n g same t h i c k ring or strip shall be p l a c e d u n d e r t h e p e n e t r a m e t e r t o p r o v i d e t h e nessofmaterialunder weld t h e p e n e t r a m e t e r as t h e a v e r a g e t h i c k n e s s o f t h e r e i n f o r c e m e n tp l u st h e wall t h i c k n e s s and t h eb a c k i n gr i n g . The shim s h a l l exceedthepenetrameterdimensions by a t l e a s t 1 / 8 i n c h on a t l e a s t t h r e e s i d e s , and s h a l l beplaced so a s n o t t o o v e r l a p t h e b a c k i n g s t r i p o r r i n g o r r e i n f o r c e ment.The f i l md e n s i t yo ft h e shimimage s h a l l n o t b e g r e a t e r t h a n 15 p e r c e n t more t h a n t h e f i l m d e n s i t y o f t h e a r e a o f i n t e r e s t . I t may b el e s sd e n s et h a n t h e f i l m d e n s i t y of t h e a r e a o f i n t e r e s t . 3 . 5 . 1 Shims f o rb a c k i n gr i n gw e l d s . When weldimages aresuperimposed, thethicknessoftheshimsshallbeequaltotwicetheaveragethicknessofthe weldreinforcementplustwicethethicknessofthebackingring.

3 . 5 . 2 Shims f o r consumable i n s e r tw e l d s . When weldimages imposed, t h e t h i c k n e s s o f t h e s h i m s s h a l l b e e q u a l t o t w i c e t h e a v e r a g e thicknessoftheoutsidereinforcementplustwicetheaveragethickness insidereinforcement.

a r es u p e r -

of t h e

?

3 . 6 R a d i o g r a p h i cq u a l i t yl e v e l s .U n l e s so t h e r w i s es p e c i f i e d i n the applicablespecification,contract o r d r a w i n g ,t h er a d i o g r a p h i cq u a l i t yl e v e l s h a l l b e 2-2T, e x c e p ta sn o t e di n 3 . 6 . 1 and 3 . 6 . 2 . P e n e t r a m e t e ri d e n t i f i c a t i o n , d e f i n i t i o n o fr a d i o g r a p h i cq u a l i t yl e v e l , and d e s i g n a r e s p e c i f i e d i n t a b l e s I and IV, and f i g u r e s 4 and 4A, r e s p e c t i v e l y .

a 20 Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

MIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986

TABLE I V ,

D e f i n i t i o n of r a d i o g r a p h i cq u a l i t yl e v e l s .

I Radiographic I Max penetrameter I thickness' (percent)

qvality level ~

,

x

c

'

Plin p e r c e p t i b l e hole diameter'

Equivalent penetrameter sensitivity3 (percent)

1T 2T 1T 2T 4T 2T

l-1T 1-2T 2- 1T 2-2T 2 -4T 4-2T

0.7 1.0 1.4 2.0 2.8 4.0

Expressed as a p e r c e n t a g eo ft h em a t e r i a lt h i c k n e s s (T ) o r (T ), as applicable. m S E x p r e s s e da sm u l t i p l eo ft h i c k n e s so fp e n e t r a m e t e r (T). Equivalentpenetrametersensitivity i s thatthicknessofthepenetrameter, expressed as a p e r c e n t a g e o f t h e m a t e r i a l t h i c k n e s s , i n w h i c h a 2T h o l e would b e v i s i b l e u n d e r t h e same r a d i o g r a p h i c c o n d i t i o n s .

3 . ó . 1 X-rayradiography.Forweldsunderthefollowingconditions, 2-4T q u a l i t y level i s a c c e p t a b l e :

a

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

a

a

(a)Forbuttweldswithpermanentbacking,wherethematerial t h i c k n e s s (Tm) i s l e s st h a n 1/2 inch. (b)Forpenetrationandconnectionwelds(figures5-8and5-9)where t h e Tm t h i c k n e s s i s l e s st h a n 2 i n c h e s .

1

3 . 6 . 2 Radioisotoperadiography. When r a d i o i s o t o p e sa r eu s e d ,t h e q u a l i t y l e v e l and s e l e c t i o n o f p e n e t r a m e t e r s h a l l , a s a minimum, b e i n a c c o r V . F o rw e l d sa n dc o m p o n e n t sn o ts p e c i f i e di nt a b l e V, t h e d a n c ew i t ht a b l e 2-4T q u a l i t y l e v e l is a c c e p t a b l e u n d e r t h e f o l l o w i n g c o n d i t i o n s : ( a )P e n e t r a t i o n andconnectionwelds(figures5-8and5-9) Tml t h i c k n e s s i s l e s s t h a n 2 i n c h e s ( a p p l i c a b l e t o ( b ) Components andwelds,otherthanabove, when t h e T, t h a n 3/4 i n c h ( a p p l i c a b l e t o I r i d i u m - 1 9 2 o n l y ) .

.

a Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

when t h e a l l isotopes). is less

-

MIL-STD-272F ND W '7799912 0059862 2 W PlIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986

TABLE V .

Design material thickness (inches) Up t o 0.200 .236 ,276 ,299 .322 ,344 .360 .376 .433 .490

-

Up to 0.501 .556 .601 .643 .685 .726 .817

-

-

O . 199 .235 .275 .298 .321 .343 .359 .375 .432 .489 .547

Minimum r a d i o g r a p h i cq u a l i t yl e v e l sf o rI r i d i u m - 1 9 2 radiography of n o n s t r u c t u r a l w e l d s .

Type ofexpos u r e andviewing technique

Double-wallexposure Double-wallviewing

0.500

.555 .600 .642 .684 .725 .B16 .906

Single-wall viewing ( S i n g l e -o rd o u b l e wall exposure)

Sourcesidepenetrameter number'

Nominal penetraneter thickness (inches )

Nominal

iiameter of Ninimum ?enetrameter perceptihole ble hole (inches)

50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 1.0

D . O10 . o11 o 12 .O 13 O 14 .O15 O 16 O17 O 18 .O19 .o20

4T

50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85

D . 010

4T 4T 4T 2T 2T 2T 2T 2T

. . . . .

.o11 .o12 .O13 .O14 ,015 .O16 .O17

4T 4T 2T 2T 2T 2T 2T 2T 2T 2T

O . 040 .O44 .O48 .O26 .O28 .O30 .O32 ,034 .O36

.O38 .O40 O . 040 .O44 .O48 .O26 ,028 ,030 032 ,034

Thispenetrameter i s t o b e u s e d f o r b o t h i n s e r t andbackingringjoints r e g a r d l e s s of t h e amount o f r e i n f o r c e m e n t o r t h i c k n e s s o f b a c k i n g r i n g .

3.7

S i n g l e - w a l l and double-wallradiography.

3 . 7 . 1S i n g l e - w a l lr a d i o g r a p h y .R a d i o g r a p h ss h a l l be made t h r o u g hs i n g l e Shims u n d e rt h ep e n e t r a m e t e rs h a l lb e inaccordancewith3.5.

wall t o t h e g r e a t e s t e x t e n t p r a c t i c a b l e . 3.7.2 Double-wall radiography.

3 . 7 . 2 . 1 D o u b l e - w a lel x p o s u r e / s i n g l e - w a lvl i e w i n gF . ow r e l d si n pipegreaterthan3-1/2inchnominalpipe s i z e , only t h e weld c l o s e s t t o t h e f i l m s h a l l beviewed f o ra c c e p t a n c e . The s o u r c e s h a l l b e p o s i t i o n e d i n s u c h location that the source-side weld image d o e s n o t o b s c u r e t h e image of t h e f i l m - s i d ew e l d . Shims under t h ep e n e t r a m e t e rs h a l lb ep r o v i d e di na c c o r d a n c e w i t h 3 . 5 . The minimum s o u r c e - t o - f i l m d i s t a n c e s h a l l b e c a l c u l a t e d b a s e d o n t h e T v a l u e i l l u s t r a t e d on f i g u r e 5-7and 3.3.6. S

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

22 Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

a

~

MIL-STD-271F

N D W 7777733 0057863 4 W ML-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986

3 . 7 . 2 . 2 Double-wallexposure/double-wallviewing. Welds i np i p eo rt u b e 3-1/2inchesor less n o m i n a l p i p e s i z e may be radiographed using a technique. i n which t h e r a d i a t i o n p a s s e s t h r o u g h two walls and t h e weld i n b o t h w a l l s is . viewed f o ra c c e p t a n c e on t h e same f i l m . The r a d i a t i o n beam may b e o f f s e t from t h e p l a n e of t h e weld a t a n a n g l e s u f f i c i e n t t o s e p a r a t e t h e imagesofsources i d e a n df i l m - s i d ep o r t i o n so ft h ew e l d . Shims u n d e rt h ep e n e t r a m e t e rs h a l lb e p r o v i d e di na c c o r d a n c ew i t h3 . 5 . The minimum s o u r c e - t o - f i l m d i s t a n c e s h a l l b e calculatedusingtheoutsidediameterofthepipeorsectionasthespecimen t h i c k n e s s Ts ( s e e f i g u r e 5 - 6 and 3 . 3 . 6 ) .

a

3 . 8R a d i o g r a p h yo fp a r t s .P e n e t r a m e t e r sa r en o tr e q u i r e d oneachfilm when p l a c e m e n t o f t h e p e n e t r a m e t e r o n t h e p a r t would o b s c u r e p a r t o r a l l o f t h e areabfinterest,andwhere it would n o t b e p r a c t i c a b l e t o p l a c e t h e p e n e t r a m e t e r on a b l o c k a d j a c e n t t o t h e p a r t , a s s p e c i f i e d i n 3 . 4 . 6 . 1 . 3 . However, an initial technique shot with the applicable penetrameter on t h e p a r t s h a l l demonstratethespecifiedpenetrameterhole, andsubsequentexposurewithout a penetrametershallbe made, o n l y i f exposed i n t h e samemanner a s t h e t e c h n i q u e s h o t . Whenever t h es e t u p i s changed,and a tl e a s to n c ee a c h work s h i f t , additionaltechniqueshotsshallbe made i n p r o p e r s e q u e n c e t o a s s u r e t h a t t h e p r o c e s s i s b e i n gp r o p e r l yc o n t r o l l e d . The t e c h n i q u es h o t ss h a l l accompany t h e subsequently exposed film when p r e s e n t e d f o r i n t e r p r e t a t i o n by t h e r a d i o g r a p h i c i n s p e c t o ro fe a c ho r g a n i z a t i o no rf o rr e v i e w by t h e Government i n s p e c t o r . I f multiplepartsor components a r ee x p o s e ds i m u l t a n e o u s l y , a t l e a s t onepenetrameter s h a l l b e r e q u i r e d on e a c h f i l m p l u s a d d i t i o n a l p e n e t r a m e t e r s a s r e q u i r e d by t a b l e I I . 3.9Radiographyof r e p a i rw e l d s . When weld r e p a i r sa r e made t oc a s t i n g s a n df o r g i n g s ,t o remove d e f e c t s r e v e a l e d by r a d i o g r a p h y , t h e o r i g i n a l r a d i o g r a p h s ofthepreviouslydefectiveareasshallbesubmittedforreviewwiththefinal acceptanceradiographs.Forthoseitemswhereradiography is r e q u i r e df o rt h e r e p a i r , a s k e t c hs h o w i n gt h el o c a t i o n ,s i z e , a n ds h a p eo ft h er e p a i rw e l ds h a l l accompany t h er a d i o g r a p h .P e n e t r a m e t e r s ,l o c a t i o nm a r k e r so rf i l mi d e n t i f i c a t i o n shall not be placed in the weld r e p a i r a r e a s b e i n g i n s p e c t e d . 3.10Radiographyofcastingsandforgings. Whenever p o s s i b l e a s i n g l e wall t e c h n i q u e s h a l l b e u s e d ; h o w e v e r , f o r c a s t i n g a n d f o r g i n g a r e a s w i t h n o m i n a l i n t e r n a ld i m e n s i o n s 4 i n c h e s o r l e s s a double-walltechnique may beused. The minimum s o u r c e - t o - f i l m d i s t a n c e s h a l l b e c a l c u l a t e d u s i n g t h e o u t s i d e d i a m e t e r t h ei t e mr a d i o g r a p h e d as specimenthickness T

. S

t

3.11 Radiographicfilmownership.Unlessotherwisespecified,radiog r a p h i c f i l m and t h e a s s o c i a t e d i n s p e c t i o n r e c o r d s o f a n i t e m s h a l l p r o p e r t yo ft h ep u r c h a s e ro ft h ei t e m .M a i n t e n a n c eo fr a d i o g r a p h i cr e c o r d s shall be in accordance with 1.8.

4.

0

become t h e

MAGNETIC PARTICLE TESTING

4 . 1 Intendeduse. The i n s p e c t i o np r o c e s s i s i n t e n d e df o rt h ed e t e c t i o n materials. Drawings o fs u r f a c eo rn e a rs u r f a c ed i s c o n t i n u i t i e si nm a g n e t i c specifying magnetic particle inspection shall employsymbols i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h hWS A 2 . 4 .

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

of

4D . 2e f i n i t i o n s . 4 . 2 . 1 Arc s t r i k e s . Any l o c a l i z e dh e a t - a f f e c t e dz o n ew i t h a change i n t h e c o n t o u r of t h e s u r f a c e of t h e f i n i s h e d weld o r a d j a c e n t b a s e m e t a l r e s u l t i n g froman a r c o r h e a t g e n e r a t e d by t h e p a s s a g e of e l e c t r i c a l e n e r g y between t h e s u r f a c e of t h e f i n i s h e d weld o r b a s e m e t a l and m a g n e t t c p a r t i c l e inspectionelectrodes. 4 . 2 . 2B l a c kl i g h t .B l a c kl i g h t i s t h et e r mp o p u l a r l ya p p l i e dt ot h e invisibleradiantenergyinthatportionoftheultravioletspectrunljust beyond t h e b l u e of t h e v i s i b l e s p e c t r u m . I t is therangebetween 320 and 400 nanometers i n wave l e n g t h . 4 . 2 . 3C i r c u l a r method. The c i r c u l a r method c o n s i s t s of inducing a circularmagneticfieldinthepiecesuchthatthemagneticlinesofforce(in any oneplanenormal t o t h e a x i s of t h e c u r r e n t ) t a k e t h e form of c o n c e n t r i c r i n g sa b o u tt h ea x i so ft h ec u r r e n t .T h i s i s accomplished by p a s s i n gt h e current directly through the piece o r through a conductor which passes into or through a h o l e i n t h e p i e c e . The c i r c u l a r method i s a p p l i c a b l e f o r t h e d e t e c t i o n of d e f e c t s w i t h a x i s a p p r o x i m a t e l y p a r a l l e l o r r a d i a l t o t h e d i r e c t i o n o f t h e currentthroughthepiece. 4.2.4Continuousmethod. The continuous method ofexaminationconsists of applying or otherwise making a v a i l a b l e o n t h e s u r f a c e o f t h e p i e c e anample amount of f e r r o m a g n e t i c p a r t i c l e s t o form s a t i s f a c t o r y i n d i c a t i o n s w h i l e t h e magnetizingcurrent i s b e i n g a p p l i e d .

i s a termused t od e s c r i b et h ee f f e c t 4 . 2 . 5F l u o r e s c e n c e .F l u o r e s c e n c e produced by c e r t a i n c h e m i c a l p r o d u c t s which e x h i b i t t h e p r o p e r t y o f e m i t t i n g v i s i b l el i g h td u r i n ga c t i v a t i o n by b l a c kl i g h t .T h e s em a t e r i a l sa b s o r bt h e invisibleenergy,alter i t s wave l e n g t h , a n d e m i t t h e e n e r g y i n t h e formof l i g h t which i s v i s i b l e t o t h e e y e . 4.2.6Longitudinalmethod. The l o n g i t u d i n a l method c o n s i s t s of inducing a magneticfieldinthepiecesuchthatthemagneticlinesofforceextending through the piece are approximately parallel to the axis of the magnetizing c o i l , o r t o a l i n e c o n n e c t i n g t h e two p o l e s when e l e c t r o m a g n e t s a r e u s e d , and t e n dt of o l l o wt h ec o n t o u ro ft h ep i e c e ,T h i s method i s a p p l i c a b l e f o r d e t e c t i o n of d e f e c t s w i t h a x e s a p p r o x i m a t e l y t r a n s v e r s e t o t h e a x i s of t h e c o i l o r t o a l i n e c o n n e c t i n g t h e two p o i n t s o f a p p l i c a t i o n of t h e electromagnets. 4 . 2 . 7M a g n e t i cp a r t i c l e s . The m a g n e t i cp a r t i c l e su s e df o ro b t a i n i n g patternsofdiscontinuitiesshallbeof a nontoxic,finelydividedferromagnetic material of high permeability and low r e t e n t i v i t y , f r e e from d e l e teriousrust,grease,paint,dirtorothermaterial whichmight interfere w i t ht h e i rp r o p e rf u n c t i o n i n g .P a r t i c l e ss h a l lb eo fs u c hs i z e ,s h a p e and c o l o r as t o p r o v i d e a d e q u a t e s e n s i t i v i t y and c o n t r a s t f o r t h e i n t e n d e d u s e . Particles to be used a t elevatedtemperatureshallprovideadequatecontrast and p a r t i c l e m o b i l i t y a t t h e maximum temperature a t which inspection i s t o be performed.

Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

~

PlIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June1986 4 . 2 . 8R e s i d u a l method. In t h er e s i d u a l method of examination,the magnetic particles are applied to the piece after it hasbeenmagnetizedand themagnetizingcurrent is off. 4 . 2 . 9 R e l e v a n it n d i c a t i o n s A . c c u m u l a t i o n so fm a g n e t i cp a r t i c l e sc a u s e d by d i s c o n t i n u i t i e s i n t h e i t e m t e s t e d which s h a l l b e e v a l u a t e d t o t h e applicableacceptancecriteria.

4 . 2 . 1 0I n d i c a t i o n . Any m a g n e t i c a l l yh e l dm a g n e t i cp a r t i c l ep a t t e r n s u r f a c e of a p a r t b e i n g t e s t e d .

on t h e

4 . 2 . 1 1N o n - r e l e v a n it n d i c a t i o n s A . c c u m u l a t i o n so fm a g n e t i cp a r t i c l e s h e l d t o a particular area caused by conditions which have no bearing on t h e s u i t a b i l i t y of t h e p a r t f o r s e r v i c e . Examplesof s u c hi n d i c a t i o n sa r e as follows : i s fuzzyand will b ed e s t r o y e d by d e m a g n e t i z a t i o n .T h e s ei n d i c a t i o n sa r ec a u s e d by c o n t a c tw i t h o t h e r s t e e l o r magnetswhilemagnetized. andfuzzycaused by Change i n s e c t i o n .I n d i c a t i o n sa r eb r o a d c o n c e n t r a t i o n of m a g n e t i c f i e l d . Flow l i n e s .T h e s ea r el a r g eg r o u p so fp a r a l l e li n d i c a t i o n s whichoccur i n f o r g i n g s u n d e r e x c e s s i v e c u r r e n t s . Change i n p e r m e a b i l i t y .

(a> M a g n e t i cw r i t i n g .I n d i c a t i o n

4 . 3M a g n e t i cp a r t i c l ei n s p e c t i o nr e q u i r e m e n t s . 4.3.1 G e n e r arle q u i r e m e n t s . 4 . 3 . 1 . 1 Method. Magnetic p a r t i c l ei n s p e c t i o n e i t h e r t h e wet o r d r y method. Where p r a c t i c a l , t h e o n machined s u r f a c e s (250 r a o r s m o o t h e r ) .

may beperformed by wet method s h a l l b e u s e d

4 . 3 . 1 . 1 . 1L i g h t i n gi n t e s t a r e a . The t e s t a r e a may b ea d e q u a t e l y illuminatedforproperevaluationofindicationsrevealed on t h e t e s t s u r f a c e . When f l u o r e s c e n tm a g n e t i cp a r t i c l em a t e r i a l i s u s e d ,t h ei n s p e c t i o n shallbeaccomplishedin a darkened area using black light (ultraviolet l i g h t ) . The b l a c k l i g h t s o u r c e s h a l l b e a 1 0 0 - w a t to rg r e a t e rc l e a rm e r c u r y f l o o d l i g h t (Westinghousetype B44-4 JPi L i f e g u a r d , o r e q u a l ) f i t t e d w i t h a heat-resistingblacklightfilter (Kopp no.41orCorningno.5874,orequal) which f i l t e r s a u t v i s i b l e l i g h t and t r a n s m i t s u l t r a v i o l e t l i g h t . A minimum of 5 minutesshallbeallowedforthe lamp t o o b t a i n f u l l b r i l l i a n c e b e f o r e b e g i n n i n gt h ei n s p e c t i o n . The l i g h t - t o - t e s t - s u r f a c ed i s t a n c es h a l ln o te x c e e d 15inchesfor100-wattsource. The maximum d i s t a n c ef o rg r e a t e rl i g h ts o u r c e s h a l lb ep r o r a t e d . The l i g h t b u l b and t h e f i l t e r s h a l l b e f r e e o f d u s t and stain to assure adequate black light intensity. 4.3.1.2Procedure. The m a g n e t i cp a r t i c l ei n s p e c t i o np r o c e d u r es h a l lh a v e t h e proven a b i l i t y t o d e t e c t a 1/16-inch long by 0.006-inchwide by 0 . 0 2 - i n c h deepnotch (maximum d i m e n s i o n s )o r i e n t e d 90 d e g r e e st ot h em a g n e t i cf l u x . The notch shall be cut in a 3/8-inch low a l l o y steel p l a t e and s h a l l b e f i l l e d f l u s h

25 --```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

MIL-STD-Z71F(SH) 27 June 1986 w i t h a nonconductingmaterial,such as epoxy, t o p r e v e n t m e c h a n i c a l h o l d i n g o f t h e i n d i c a t i n g medium.The p r o c e d u r es h a l li n c l u d ea s a minimum t h ef o l l o w i n g

M a t e r i a l ,s h a p e s , and sizes t o b e t e s t e d . Type and d i r e c t i o n o f m a g n e t i z a t i o n t o b e u s e d . Equipment t o be used for magnetization. Surfacepreparation(finishing and c l e a n i n g ) . Whetherwet o r d r y method i s t o be used. Type o f m a g n e t i c p a r t i c l e s t o b e u s e d . Whether c o n t i n u o u s o r r e s i d u a l method i s used. Magnetizingcurrent(amperage,acordc). Demagnetization. Testforconcentrationofparticlesuspension(ifany), Sketchesor a c h a r t showing t h e t y p i c a l i n s p e c t i o n g r i d t o used. Method of p a r t i c l e a p p l i c a t i o n andremoval, Applicableacceptancestandards.

be

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

4 . 3 . 1 . 3S u r f a c ep r e p a r a t i o n .P r i o rt oi n s p e c t i o n ,s u r f a c e ss h a l lb e dry and free fromany contamination which might interfere with the proper formation o r i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of t h e m a g n e t i c p a r t i c l e p a t t e r n s . With theexceptionofundercutswhicharewithinspecificationallowances,thecontourofweldsshallbe blendedsmoothly and g r a d u a l l yi n t ot h eb a s em e t a l .S u r f a c ei r r e g u l a r i t i e ss h a l l b e removed t o t h e e x t e n t t h a t t h e y will n o t i n t e r f e r e w i t h i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of t h e testresults. The f i n a l m a g n e t i c p a r t i c l e i n s p e c t i o n s h a l l b e p e r f o r m e d i n t h e f i n a l s u r f a c e and h e a t - t . r e a t e d c o n d i t i o n s a s s p e c i f i e d i n 1 . 4 . 4 . 3 . 1 . 3 . 1C l e a n i n g andmasking.Grease o ro t h e rm a t t e r whichmight interfere with the proper distribution and c o n c e n t r a t i o n , o r w i t h t h e i n t e n s i t y , character, or definition ofmagnetic p a r t i c l e i n d i c a t i o n s s h a l l b e removed from t h es u r f a c eu n d e r g o i n gt h et e s t s . A l l o p e n i n g ss h a l lb ep l u g g e dt op r e v e n t accumulation of magnetic particles or other matter where it cannot be completely o r r e a d i l y removed by washingand a i r b l a s t i n g . 4 . 3 . 1 . 3 . 2C l e a n i n gs o l u t i o n .C h l o r i n a t e ds o l v e n t ss h a l ln o tb eu s e d p a r t sc o n t a i n i n gc r e v i c e s .

on

4 . 3 . 1 . 4D i r e c t i o no fm a g n e t i z a t i o n . To i n s u r ed e t e c t i o no fd i s c o n t i n u i t i e sh a v i n ga x e si n any d i r e c t i o n , a t l e a s t two s e p a r a t e i n s p e c t i o n s s h a l l b e c a r r i e d o u t on eacharea. The s e c o n di n s p e c t i o ns h a l lb ew i t ht h em a g n e t i cf i e l d a tr i g h ta n g l e st ot h a tu s e di nt h ef i r s ti n s p e c t i o n . A d i f f e r e n t means of magnetizing may be employed f o r t h e s e c o n d i n s p e c t i o n o f t h e a r e a .

26 Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

i

MIL-STD-271F

N D m 9977911 0 0 5 9 8 b 7 1 m NIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986

4.3.1.5Demagnetizingapparatus.Demagnetizingequipmentshallconsist ofunits,suchastheopencoilorbox-typedemagnetizer,withsufficientcapaci t y t o demagnetize the item. 4 . 3 . 1 . 5 . 1D e m a g n e t i z a t i o n . A l l itemsshallbedemagnetized lowingstagestoobtainsatisfactoryindicationsofdiscontinuities:

a t t h ef o l -

( a )P r i o rt ot e s t i n g ,i ft h em a t e r i a lc o n t a i n ss t r o n g remnant f i e l d s from some p r e v i o u s o p e r a t i o n and i n s p e c t i o n . a l l m a g n e t i cp a r t i c l et e s t i n g i s completed, i f t h e remnant (b)After f i e l d i n t e r f e r e s with t h e r e m o v a l o f t h e m a g n e t i c p a r t i c l e s in cleaning the part or when s p e c i f i e d i n t h e a p p r o p r i a t e e q u i p ment s p e c i f i c a t i o n . 4 . 3 . 1 . 6 Equipment a c c u r a c y .F l a g n e t i cp a r t i c l et e s t i n ge q u i p m e n ts h a l lb e checked f o r a c c u r a c y a t t h e t i m e o f p u r c h a s e and a t an i n t e r v a l n o t t o e x c e e d 6monthsandwhenever e l e c t r i c a l m a i n t e n a n c e i s performedwhich may a f f e c t t h e equipmentaccuracy. 4 . 3 . 1 . 6 . 1 Dc p o r t a b l ep r o d and s t a t i o n a r ym a g n e t i cp a r t i c l ee q u i p m e n t . To checktheequipmentammeter, a s u i t a b l e c a l i b r a t e d ammeter s h a l l b e c o n n e c t e d in series with suitable shunts and t h e c u r r e n t t h r o u g h t h e e l e c t r o d e s m e a s u r e d . The amperagemeasuredby t h e d c ammeter d u r i n g t h e t e s t s h a l l s i m u l t a n e o u s l y b e compared t o t h a t i n d i c a t e d on t h e m e t e r o f t h e m a g n e t i c p a r t i c l e u n i t . The equipment meter s h a l l a g r e e w i t h i n 5 p e r c e n t o f t h e c u r r e n t m e a s u r e d by t h e calibration meter.

4 . 3 . 1 . 7M a g n e t i z i n gc u r r e n t . The m a g n e t i z i n gc u r r e n ts h a l lb eb a s e d onformulasprovidedhereinorthecurrentshallbedetermined bymeans ofa segmentedmagnetic f i e l d i n d i c a t o r as shown on f i g u r e 6 . Where examination i s beingperformed oncomplex s h a p e s , t h e f i e l d i n d i c a t o r s h a l l b e u s e d t o determinetheadequacy of t h e f i e l d . The c u r r e n t o r t e c h n i q u e s h a l l b e modifiedasnecessarytoensurethatanadequatefield is present on all s u r f a c e st ob e examined. S u i t a b l em a g n e t i cf l u x i s i n d i c a t e d when t h e i n d i c a t o r i s l a i d ,c o p p e rs i d eu p ,o nt h e work p i e c e i n t h e a r e a o f i n t e r e s t and a f t e r a p p l i c a t i o n o f t h e m a g n e t i c p a r t i c l e s ( a n d r e m o v a l o f e x c e s s particlesforthedry powder method),and thelinesat 45 and 90 d e g r e e s t o t h e applied field are clearly visible. 4.3.2

Wet method.

4 . 3 . 2 . 1G e n e r a lr e q u i r e m e n t s .F i n e l yd i v i d e dm a g n e t i cp a r t i c l e ss h a l l besuspended i n a l i q u i d v e h i c l e a s t h e i n d i c a t i n g m a t e r i a l . The magnetic p a r t i c l e s may b e e i t h e r f l u o r e s c e n t o r n o n f l u o r e s c e n t .

Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

4 . 3 . 1 . 6 . 2 Yoke equipment.Theyokeequipment s h a l l becheckedfor a d e q u a c yo fm a g n e t i z a t i o ns t r e n g t h .W i t ht h ep o l es p a c i n gs e tt ot h e maximum, t h e l i f t i n g power, a s a p p l i e d t o c a r b o n o r a l l o y s t e e l , s h a l l b e 10 poundsminimum f o r a c e l e c t r o m a g n e t i c y o k e s and 40 pounds minimum forpermanent magnet yokes. Yokes w i t h p o l e s p a c i n g g r e a t e r t h a n 8 inchesaretobespecificallyapproved f o r u s e by NAVSEA,

MIL-STD-27LF N D m 44444LL 0054868 3 m ~~

~~

LIIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986

4.3.2.1.1Equipment, The m a g n e t i z i n ga p p a r a t u ss h a l lb ec a p a b l e of inducing, i n t h e i t e m u n d e r t e s t , a m a g n e t i cf l u xo fs u i t a b l ei n t e n s i t yi nt h e d e s i r e d d i r e c t i o n by e i t h e r t h e c i r c u l a r o r t h e l o n g i t u d i n a l method. 4 . 3 . 2 . 2V e h i c l e s . The l i q u i du s e da s a v e h i c l ef o rb o t hn o n f l u o r e s c e n t and f l u o r e s c e n t m a g n e t i c p a r t i c l e s s h a l l comply with the following: ( a )P e t r o l e u md i s t i l l a t ec o n f o r m i n gt ot h ef o l l o w i n gs p e c i f i c a t i o n s shall be used:

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

(1)

P-D-680

-

(2) (3)

ASTM D 3699 SAE ANS 3161

-

-

Dry c l e a n i nsgo l v e n( t y p e solvent). Kerosene. Kerosene,deodorized.

2 Stoddard

(b)

Tap w a t e r w i t h s u i t a b l e r u s t i n h i b i t o r s and w e t t i n g and antifoaming agents may b e s u b s t i t u t e d f o r t h e p e t r o l e u m distillate, ( c )L i q u i dv e h i c l e su s e dw i t hf l u o r e s c e n tm a g n e t i cp a r t i c l e ss h a l l be nonfluorescent.

4.3.2.2.1 .P r i o rt ot h ea p p l i c a t i o n of t h e suspension, a l l o i l , g r e a s e , o r o t h e r f o r e i g n m a t t e r s h a l l bethoroughly removed from t h es u r f a c et ob et e s t e d ,F o l l o w i n gt h er e m o v a l of t h es u s p e n s i o n ,t h e pieceshallbethoroughlycleaned and d r i e d . 4 . 3 . 2 . 3t l a g n e t i cp a r t i c l e s .M a g n e t i cp a r t i c l e ss h a l lb en o n t o x i ca n d s h a l le x h i b i t good v i s u a lc o n t r a s t .F l u o r e s c e n tm a g n e t i cp a r t i c l e ss h a l l r e a d i l y v i s i b l e when exposed t o a f i l t e r e d b l a c k l i g h t , a s s p e c i f i e d i n 4.3.1.1.1. 4 . 3 . 2 . 4S u s p e n s i o n s S , u s p e n s i o n ss h a l lc o n s i s to ft h el i q u i dv e h i c l e and e i t h e r f l u o r e s c e n t or n o n f l u o r e s c e n t m a g n e t i c p a r t i c l e s , b u t b o t h t y p e s p a r t i c l e ss h a l ln o tb eu s e ds i m u l t a n e o u s l y .V i s c o s i t yo ft h es u s p e n s i o ns h a l l b el i m i t e dt o a maximum o f5 . 0c e n t i s t o k e sa ta m b i e n tt e m p e r a t u r e .C o n c e n t r a t i o n of t h e s u s p e n s i o n s s h a l l b e m a i n t a i n e d i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h 4 . 3 . 2 . 6 . 1 .

be

of

4 . 3 . 2 . 5P r o c e d u r e .S u s p e n s i o n ss h a l lb ea p p l i e dt oi t e m sb e i n gt e s t e d by s p r a y i n g or immersion t o e n s u r e t h o r o u g h c o v e r a g e o f a r e a s r e q u i r i n g t e s t s . 4.3.2.5.1Continuousmethods.Forthecontinuousmethod,themagnetizing of suspension from circuitshallbeenergizedjustbeforedivertingthestream theitembeingtested,orjustbefore removing t h e i t e m from t h e s u s p e n s i o n i f t e s t i n g i s by immersion, and allowed t o r e m a i ne n e r g i z e df o ra tl e a s t1 / 5s e c o n d , withtheresultthatthemagnetizingcurrent i s a p p l i e dw h i l et h ei t e m is s t i l l covered with a f i l m o f s u s p e n s i o n s u f f i c i e n t t o g i v e s a t i s f a c t o r y i n d i c a t i o n s . 4 . 3 . 2 . 5 . 2R e s i d u a l method.For t h er e s i d u a l method, t h ei t e ms h a l lb e which magnetizedby t h e a p p l i c a t i o n of c u r r e n t f o r a t l e a s t 1 / 5 s e c o n d , a f t e r themagnetizingcurrentshall be t u r n e d o f f and t h e s u s p e n s i o n s h a l l b e a p p l i e d e i t h e r by s p r a y i n go r by immersion i nt h es u s p e n s i o n .F o ra p p l i c a t i o n by

28 Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

MIL-STD-271F ND m 7 7 7 7 7 3 3 0 0 5 7 8 6 7 5

m

NIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986 i m m e r s i o n ,t h ei t e ms h a l lb e removed c a r e f u l l y from t h e s u s p e n s i o n t o a v o i d w a s h i n go f ft h ei n d i c a t i o n s . The r e s i d u a l method s h a l l b e u s e d o n l y f o r i n s p e c t i o no fs m a l lp a r t s ,s u c ha sn u t s ,b o l t s ,p i n s ,g e a r s , and o t h e r s . 4 . 3 . 2 . 5 . 3C i r c u l a rm a g n e t i z a t i o n ;c e n t r a lc o n d u c t o r( i n d i r e c tm e t h o d ) . o fe n c l o s e do rc y c l i n d r i c a l l ys h a p e di t e m so fs m a l ld i a m e t e r is required. A c e n f r a l c o n d u c t o r may a l s o b e u s e d f o r c i r c u l a r m a g n e t i z a t i o n o f o t h e r s h a p e s , when a p p l i c a b l e . The c o n d u c t o r ss h a l lb ea sn e a rt h ei n s i d ed i a m e t e ra sp r a c t i c a b l e .I t e m ss h a l lb es p a c e dt oa v o i dc o n t a c t , and i f w a r r a n t e d by t h eq u a n t i t y of work i n v o l v e d , s u i t a b l e f i x t u r e s s h a l l b e u s e d f o r p r o p e r o r i e n t a t i o n . 4 . 3 . 2 . 5 . 4C i r c u l a rm a g n e t i z a t i o n ;i t e ma sc o n d u c t o r( d i r e c tm e t h o d ) . Where it i s n e c e s s a r y t o p a s s c u r r e n t t h r o u g h t h e i t e m , c a r e s h a l l b e exercised t o preventarcingoroverheating at t h e e l e c t r o d e c o n t a c t a r e a s . Contactareasshall be c l e a n , i t e m s s h a l l b e mounted h o r i z o n t a l l y between c o n t a c t p l a t e s , and s u i t a b l e h e a d p r e s s u r e e x e r t e d t o e n s u r e u n i f o r m m a g n e t i z a t i o n . When p r a c t i c a b l e ,l a r g e andheavyitems s h a l l be mounted i n s u i t a b l ef i x t u r e st oe n s u r ep r o p e ro r i e n t a t i o n . When p r o t e c t i v ec o a t i n g s would i n t e r f e r e w i t h t h e flow o f c u r r e n t , t h e y s h a l l b e removed a t t h e a r e a of c o n t a c t .A f t e rt e s t s ,t h ec o a t i n gs h a l lb er e p a i r e d .

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

A centralconductorshallbeusedinallcaseswheretestingofinternalsurfaces

4 . 3 . 2 . 5 . 5C i r c u l a m r a g n e t i z a t i o nm ; a g n e t i z i n gc u r r e n t . The magnetizing currentrequiredforanitemdependson i t s s h a p e ,c o n f i g u r a t i o n , and s i z e . The optimum c u r r e n t s e t t i n g s h a l l b e d e t e r m i n e d bymeans of a segmentedmagnetic field indicator tested in accordance with 4.3.1.7. 4 . 3 . 2 . 5 . 6L o n g i t u d i n a lm a g n e t i z a t i o n . When a s o l e n o i d i s used t o magnetizeitems,thesolenoidshallbe no l a r g e r t h a n n e c e s s a r y t o accommodate theitem, anditemsshallbeorientatedwithinthesolenoidtoensure adequate field strength. 4 . 3 . 2 . 5 . 7L o n g i t u d i n a m l a g n e t i z i n gc u r r e n tF . o rl o n g i t u d i n a m l agnetization u s i n g a solenoid,themagnetizingforceinampere-turnsshouldbedeterminedin t h e f o l l o w i n g manner f o r g e n e r a l a p p l i c a t i o n s : The a m p e r e - t u r n s u s e d s h a l l b e 10,00O/L/D t o 30,00O/L/D,where L is the l e n g t h and D i s t h ed i a m e t e ro ft h ep a r t . The L/D r a t i o f o r p a r t s b e i n g m a g n e t i z e ds h a l lb e two o r more. C o i l s are u s u a l l y e f f e c t i v e i n m a g n e t i z i n g t h e p a r tf o ra b o u t 8 t o 1 2 inches from e a c he n do ft h ec o i l .I fl o n g e rp a r t sa r et o b ei n s p e c t e d ,s e v e r a lm a g n e t i z i n gs h o t s w i l l b er e q u i r e d .E i t h e rt h ei n s i d eo r t h e o u t s i d e d i a m e t e r may be used depending on which s u r f a c e i s b e i n g i n s p e c t e d . When b o t h s u r f a c e s a r e t o b e i n s p e c t e d , t h e l a r g e r d i a m e t e r s h a l l b e u s e d . Nagneticfieldindicatorshallbeusedasspecifiedin4.3.2.5.5. 4 . 3 . 2 . 6 Maintenanceofsuspension. The s u s p e n s i o ni nu s es h a l lb e testedforcontent o fm a g n e t i cp a r t i c l e s a t i n t e r v a l s d e p e n d i n g upon frequency ofuse,discoloration andcontamination,butinanyevent a t a minimum of onceeachday. When t h es u s p e n s i o n becomes d i s c o l o r e d by o i l o r c o n t a m i n a t e d with lint or other foreign material to the extent that proper distribution and

29 Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

~

~

I

_

_

MIL-STD-27LF N D 9 77777LL 0057870 L 9 PfIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986 concentrationofthesuspensionortheintensity,character,ordefinition thedepositofthemagneticparticlesareinterferedwith,thecontainershall bedrained,thoroughlycleanedandrefilledwithcleansuspension,

of

4.3.2.6.1Concentrationofsuspension t e s t . The t e s t method s h a l l be determined by t h eo r g a n i z a t i o n .I ff o r anyreasonthe Government I n s p e c t o r doubtstheadequacy of t h e method employed, h e s h a l l r e q u e s t t h e c o n c e n t r a t i o n t o becheckedby the following tests: (a)Fill a s t a n d a r d1 0 0 - m i l l i l i t e r (mL) g r a d u a t et ot h e 100 mL mark with the suspension directly from t h e h o s e o r o t h e r d e v i c e u s e d f o r p o u r i n g it o v e r t h e p i e c e i n making a t e s t , o r froman immersion tank after the suspension has been thoroughly agitated. 30 minutes t o p r e c i p i t a t e , o r Letthesuspensionstandfor until the solid matter i s a p p a r e n t l y a l l down. ( b )D e c a n tt h ec l e a nl i q u i da sf a r as p r a c t i c a b l ew i t h o u tl o s so f magneticsubstance. II Stoddard (c)Refillgraduateabovemagneticsubstancewithtype Solvent in accordance with P-D-680 o r a c e t o n e f o r w a t e r - b a s e suspension.Shakewelland l e t s t a n df o r 30 minutes t o p r e c i p i t a t e a secondtime. (d) Read t h e h e i g h t o r volume o f t h e p r e c i p i t a t e i n t h e g r a d u a t e . The r e a d i n g ss h a l lb ea sf o l l o w s : (1) (2)

The n o n f l u o r e s c e n tm a g n e t i cp a r t i c l e s : 1 . 2 t o 2 . 4 mL. The f l u o r e s c e n tm a g n e t i cp a r t i c l e s : 0 . 1 t o 0 . 7 mL.

( e )I ft h ec o n c e n t r a t i o n omitted. 4.3.3

Drypowder

was checked d a i l y ,s t e p s( b )

and ( c ) may be

method.

4 . 3 . 3 . 1G e n e r a lr e q u i r e m e n t sf o rm a g n e t i cp a r t i c l e s . The magnetic particlesusedforobtainingpatternsofdiscontinuitiesshallbeof a nontoxic,finelydividedferromagneticmaterialofhighpermeability and lcw r e t e n t i v i t y , f r e e from d e l e t e r i o u sr u s t ,g r e a s e ,p a i n t ,d i r t ,o ro t h e r material whichmight i n t e r f e r ew i t ht h e i rp r o p e rf u n c t i o n i n g .P a r t i c l e ss h a l l b eo fs u c hs i z e ,s h a p ea n dc o l o ra st op r o v i d ea d e q u a t es e n s i t i v i t y and c o n t r a s tf o rt h ei n t e n d e du s e . Upon r e c e i p t ,e a c hl o to fm a g n e t i cp a r t i c l e s shall be tested for their ability t o detect in the vertical position known l i n e a rd e f e c t s1 / 1 6i n c h and l o n g e ri n a weldment. Where l o t i d e n t i f i c a t i o n i s notavailable,themagneticparticlesofeachcontainer mustbe s u b j e c t e d t o t h e above t e s t . 4 . 3 . 3 . 2A p p l y i n gp a r t i c l e s . Dry m a g n e t i cp a r t i c l e ss h a l lb ea p p l i e d i n s u c h a manner t h a t a l i g h t , u n i f o r m , d u s t - l i k e c o a t i n g s e t t l e s upon t h e s u r f a c eu n d e rt e s t .A u t o m a t i c powder a p p l i c a t o r ss h a l ln o tb eu s e df o rt h e application of dry magnetic particles unless specifically approved by NAVSEA. Onlyhandpowder applicators are permitted.

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

30 Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

PIIL - STD - 2 7 11; (SH) 27 June 1986 4.3.3.2.1 Removal o fe x c e s sp a r t i c l e s .E x c e s sd r yp a r t i c l e ss h a l lb e remove excess removed bymeans of a d r y a i r c u r r e n t of s u f f i c i e n t f o r c e t o p a r t i c l e s w i t h o u t removing r e l e v a n t i n d i c a t i o n s f o r m e d d u r i n g powder a p p l i c a t i o n . Removal o f e x c e s s p a r t i c l e s s h a l l comply w i t h t h e p r o c e d u r e o f 4 . 3 . 1 . 2 and must beaccomplishedwhilethemagneticfield is applied to the item under test. 4.3.3.3

Magnetizing procedures.

4.3.3.3.1 C i r c u l a rm a g n e t i z a t i o n . m a g n e t i z i n gc u r r e n ts h a l lb ea ss p e c i f i e di n a sa p p l i c a b l e .

The method ofmagnetizationandthe 4 . 3 . 2 . 5 . 3 ,4 . 3 . 2 . 5 . 4 and 4 . 3 . 2 . 5 . 5 ,

4.3.3.3.2 L o n g i t u d i n a lm a g n e t i z a t i o n . themagnetizingcurrentshallbeasspecifiedin

The method

ofmagnetizationand and 4 . 3 . 2 . 5 . 7 .

4.3.2.5.6

4.3.3.3.3 Yoke magnetization.Magneticyokes may beusedformagnetization,providedthesensitivitytodetectsurfacedefects i s demonstratedas specified in 4.3.1.2.

a

Eiagnetizingcurrent(prodmethods).Forprods,the 4.3.3.3.4 magnetizingcurrent,directorrectified,shallbe computed o n t h e b a s i s o f 1 0 0 t o 125 amperes perinchofprodspacing.Proddistancesof less t h a n 2 i n c h e sa r en o t recommended, however,prodspacing of l e s s t h a n 2 inches may be used,providedpriorconcurrence of t h e Government I n s p e c t o r i s o b t a i n e d . 4.3.3.4

Magnetizingtechnique(yokeandprod).

4.3.3.4.1 Weld i n s p e c t i o n . The m a g n e t i cf i e l ds h a l lb ei n d u c e dw i t h the p r o d so ry o k el e g sp l a c e dd i a g o n a l l y , 30 t o 45 d e g r e e s , t o t h e l o n g i t u d i n a l axisattheweld, and r e p e a t i n g t h i s t e s t a l o n g t h e o p p o s i t e d i a g o n a l o f t h e weld. Duringinspectionofadjacentareasoftheweld,theprodsoryokelegs s h a l lo v e r l a pt h ep r e v i o u sp l a c e m e n t by a minimum of 1 i n c h . A s a n a l t e r n a t i v e , t h e m a g n e t i c f i e l d s may beinduced by p l a c i n g t h e p r o d s or yoke l e g s p a r a l l e l t o thelongitudinalaxis of theweld,overlappingthepreviousplacement by a minimum of 1 inch.Subsequent t ot h el o n g i t u d i n a lp l a c e m e n t ,t h e weld s h a l l be i n s p e c t e d by p l a c i n g t h e p r o d s o r y o k e l e g s p e r p e n d i c u l a r t o t h e w e l d . When t h i s alternative is used, the area to be inspected shall be limited to one-fourth of the prodoryokelegspacing on e i t h e r s i d e of a l i n e j o i n i n g t h e p r o d s o r yoke legs. 4.3.3.4.2 Base m e t a l . Basemetal s h a l l be i n s p e c t e du s i n gt h ep r o d andyoke legplacementrequirementsof 4 . 3 . 3 . 4 . 1 t oe s t a b l i s h a g r i dp a t t e r n t h a ta s s u r e st w o - d i r e c t i o n a lc o v e r a g eo fi n s p e c t i o na r e a s . 4.3.3.4.3 Continuousmethod.Inspectionshallbecarriedout by t h e continuousmethod;that i s , t h em a g n e t i z i n gc u r r e n ts h a l lr e m a i n on d u r i n g t h e period the magnetic particles are being applied and w h i l e e x c e s s p a r t i c l e s a r e b e i n g removed.

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

.

FLIL-STD-271F(SIL) 27 June 1986

4 . 4 Non-relevantindications. A l l i n d i c a t i o n sr e v e a l e d by magnetic p a r t i c l e i n s p e c t i o n do n o t n e c e s s a r i l y r e p r e s e n t d e f e c t s s i n c e n o n - r e l e v a n t i n d i c a t i o n s are sometimesencountered. I f any i n d i c a t i o n sa r eb e l i e v e dt ob e non-relevant,thefollowing methods may beused t o p r o v e n o n - r e l e v a n c y : A t l e a s t 10 p e r c e n t o fe a c ht y p eo fi n d i c a t i o ns h a l lb ee x p l o r e d by removing t h e s u r f a c e r o u g h n e s s b e l i e v e d t o h a v e c a u s e d t h e t y p eo fi n d i c a t i o nt od e t e r m i n ei fd e f e c t sa r ep r e s e n t . The absenceofindicationsunderreinspection by magnetic p a r t i c l e i n s p e c t i o n a f t e r removal of t h e s u r f a c e r o u g h n e s s s h a l l b e considered t o p r o v e t h a t t h e i n d i c a t i o n s were n o n - r e l e v a n t w i t h r e s p e c tt oa c t u a ld e f e c t s . If r e i n s p e c t i o n reveals any i n d i c a t i o n s , t h e s e and a l l o f t h e o r i g i n a l i n d i c a t i o n s s h a l l be consideredrelevant. (b) A l i q u i dp e n e t r a n ti n s p e c t i o na f t e rg r i n d i n gt o remove t h e surfaceroughnessbelievedtohavecausedtheindication. (c)Other methodsapproved by t h ea u t h o r i z e d NAVSEA r e p r e s e n t a t i v e . (a)

4 . 5 F i n a lc l e a n i n g . After completionofinspection a l l magnetic p a r t i c l e s s h a l l be removed from a l l p a r t s . A l l t e m p o r a r yp l u g ss h a l lb e from h o l e s and c a v i t i e s .

removed

4 . 6 Arc s t r i k e s . Arc s t r i k e ss h a l lb e ground o u t a n dr e i n s p e c t e d , using the prod or yokemethod, o r v i s u a l l y i n s p e c t e d a t 5X minimum magnificat íon. 5.

LIQUID PENETRANT TESTING

5 . 1 Intendeduse. The l i q u i dp e n e t r a n t t e s t method i s u s e df o r detectingthepresenceofsurfacediscontinuitiesinferrous and nonferrous materials. Drawings s p e c i f y i n gl i q u i dp e n e t r a n tt e s t i n gs h a l l employ n o n d e s t r u c t i v e t e s t symbols i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h AWS A2.4. 5.2

Definitions.

5 . 2 . 1 Developers. The d e v e l o p e r ss p e c i f i e dh e r e i n may be wet o rd r y m a t e r i a l whichdraws o r a b s o r b s p e n e t r a n t s from a s u r f a c e c r a c k o r d e f e c t t o such an e x t e n t t h a t e v i d e n c e o f t h e d e f e c t i s v i s i b l e u n d e rn a t u r a l ,w h i t e , b l a c kl i g h t , as a p p l i c a b l e .

or

5 . 2 . 2 B l a c kl i g h t .B l a c kl i g h t as s p e c i f i e dh e r e i na p p l i e st ot h e invisible radiant energy in that portion of the spectrum just beyond t h e b l u e a wave length of between 320 and 400 of t h e v i s i b l e spectrumandwhichhas nanometers. 5 . 2 . 3 E m u l s i f i e r . An e m u l s i f i e r as d e f i n e dh e r e i n i s anagentwhich will, when added o r a p p l i e d t o a n o i l - l i k e p e n e t r a n t m a t e r i a l , make t h e p e n e t r a n t removable from s u r f a c e s by water r i n s i n g . 5.2.4 S e l f - e m u l s i f i a b l e . A s e l f - e m u l s i f i a b l em a t e r i a l i s an o i l - l i k e material c o n t a i n i n g a n e m u l s i f y i n g a g e n t w h i c h makes it water washable as app 1i e d

.

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

32 Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

MIL-STD-27LF N D \ ~~

m 77779LL 0059873 7 m

~~

NIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986 5 . 2 . 5P o s t - e m u l s i f i a b l e . A p o s t - e m u l s i f i a b l em a t e r i a l i s an o i l - l i k e material which, a f t e r a p p l i c a t i o n t o a surface,canbe made waterwashableby a p p l i c a t i o n ofanemulsifier.

5 . 2 . 7 Fluorescence.Fluorescence i s a termused t od e s c r i b et h ee f f e c t s produced by certain chemical products which exhibit the property of emitting v i s i b l e l i g h t by t h ea c t i v a t i o no fb l a c kl i g h t .T h e s em a t e r i a l sa b s o r bt h e invisibleenergy,alter i t s wave l e n g t h , and e m i t t h e e n e r g y i n t h e form of l i g h t which i s v i s i b l e t o t h e e y e .

5 . 3I n s p e c t i o nm e t h o d s . t o and u s e t h e m a t e r i a l g r o u p

The i n s p e c t i o n method d e s i g n a t i o ns h a l lc o r r e s p o n d numbers s p e c i f i e d i n 5 . 3 . 1 .

5 . 3 . 1 Typeof l i q u i dp e n e t r a n tm a t e r i a l .U n l e s so t h e r w i s es p e c i f i e d , liquid penetrant material shall meet t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f MIL-1-25135, and t h e t o t a l h a l o g e n s and sulphurofeachmaterialshallnotexceed 1 p e r c e n t by w e i g h to ft h er e s i d u e . Each g r o u po fm a t e r i a ls h a l lb ef u r n i s h e dc o m p l e t e by one manufacturer: Group I

-

Group II

-

Group III

-

Group I V

-

Group V

-

Group V I

-

Group V I 1

-

C o n s i s t i n go f a s o l v e n t - r e m o v a b l ev i s i b l ed y e penetrant with associated penetrant remover ( s o l v e n t ) and a non-aqueouswetdeveloper. C o n s i s t i n go fp o s t e m u l s i f i a b l ev i s i b l ed y ep e n e trantwithassociatedemulsifier and a d r y , w e t , o r nonaqueouswet d e v e l o p e r . C o n s i s t i n g of a w a t e r - w a s h a b l e v i s i b l e d y e p e n e t r a n tw i t ha s s o c i a t e dd r y ,w e t ,o rn o n a q u e o u s wet d e v e l o p e r . C o n s i s t i n g of a w a t e r - w a s h a b l ef l u o r e s c e n t p e n e t r a n t and a s s o c i a t e d d r y , w e t , o r nonaqueous wet d e v e l o p e r . C o n s i s t i n go f a p o s t e m u l s i f i a b l ef l u o r e s c e n t p e n e t r a n ta n da s s o c i a t e de m u l s i f i e r and d r y , w e t , o r nonaqueouswet d e v e l o p e r . C o n s i s t i n go f a h i g h i n t e n s i t y p o s t e m u l s i f i a b l e fluorescentpenetrantandassociatedemulsifierand d r y , wet, andnonaqueouswetdeveloper. Consistingof a solvent-removablefluorescent penetrantwithassociatedpenetrant remover ( s o l v e n t ) anddry, wet, o r nonaqueouswetdeveloper.

33 Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

a

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

5.2.6Penetrantremover. A p e n e t r a n t remover a ss p e c i f i e dh e r e i n is a s o l v e n t - t y p e l i q u i d which i s used t o c l e a n dye penetrants from t h e s u r f a c e o f material.

PfIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986

5 . 4 G e n e r a lr e q u i r e m e n t s .P e n e t r a n t e s t i n gs h a l lb ep e r f o r m e d in accordancewith a w r i t t e np r o c e d u r e . Group I p e n e t r a n tm a t e r i a ls h a l lb eu s e d forallwelds,exceptcastinginspections andweld r e p a i r s t o c a s t i n g wherean 5 . 3 . 1 may beused. The useofotherthangroup a p p r o p r i a t eg r o u pl i s t e di n I penetrantmaterialsforweldsnotstatedhereinshallrequireapproval by NAVSEA a u t h o r i z e d r e p r e s e n t a t i v e . 5 . 4 . 1 Equipment requirements. The t e s t equipmentoperated by q u a l i f i e d nondestructive test personnel shall be capable of consistently obtaining results of s p e c i f i e d l e v e l of s e n s i t i v i t y . 5.4.2

c o n t a i n ,a s

Procedure. The l i q u i dp e n e t r a n ti n s p e c t i o np r o c e d u r e ss h a l l a minimum, t h ef o l l o w i n gi n f o r m a t i o n : (a)

Brand name and s p e c i f i cg r o u pt y p e , number and l e t t e r d e s i g n a t i o n , or b o t h ,o fp e n e t r a n t ,e m u l s i f i e r ,p e n e t r a n t remover,anddeveloper. (b) D e t a i l s of method o fp r e c l e a n i n g and d r y i n g ,i n c l u d i n gc l e a n i n g materials used and time allowed for drying. ( c )D e t a i l so f method o fp e n e t r a n ta p p l i c a t i o n ,t h el e n g t ho ft i m e thatthepenetrantremains on t h e s u r f a c e , and t h e t e m p e r a t u r e of t h e s u r f a c e and p e n e t r a n t d u r i n g p e n e t r a t i o n . ( d )D e t a i l s of method of removingexcesspenetrantfromthesurface, and o f d r y i n g t h e s u r f a c e b e f o r e a p p l y i n g t h e d e v e l o p e r . of t h e method o fa p p l y i n gt h ed e v e l o p e ra n dt h el e n g t h ( e )D e t a i l s of developing time b e f o r e i n s p e c t i o n . ( f ) Method o fp o s t - t e s tc l e a n i n g . (g) The a p p l i c a b l ea c c e p t a n c es t a n d a r d s .

5.4.2.1 Change o fp e n e t r a n tm a t e r i a l s . When t h eb r a n d or typeof p e n e t r a n t , p e n e t r a n t remover ( s o l v e n t ) o r d e v e l o p e r d i f f e r s from t h a t s p e c i f i e d i n t h e p r o c e d u r e , a new p r o c e d u r e s h a l l b e p r e p a r e d which i n c l u d e s a l l t h e information required by 5 . 4 . 2 .

5.5

S u r fa c ep r e p a r a t i o n .

5 . 5 . 1 G e n e r a lr e q u i r e m e n t s .S u r f a c e st ob ei n s p e c t e ds h a l lb ef r e e from s c a l e , s l a g and a d h e r i n g o r imbedded s a n d o r o t h e r e x t r a n e o u s m a t e r i a l s . With t h e e x c e p t i o n o f u n d e r c u t s w h i c h a r e w i t h i n s p e c i f i c a t i o n a l l o w a n c e s , t h e contourofweldsshallblendsmoothlyandgraduallyintothebasemetal. Weld surface irregularities shall be removed t o t h e e x t e n t t h a t t h e y w i l l not i n t e r f e r ew i t hi n t e r p x e t a t i o n of t h e t e s t r e s u l t s . The f i n a l l i q u i d p e n e t r a n t inspectionshallbeperformedinthefinalsurfacecondition as s p e c i f i e d i n 1 . 4 h e r e i n .P e e n i n g ,s h o t ,s a n d ,g r i t ,a n dv a p o rb l a s t i n gs h a l ln o tb ep e r formedon s u r f a c e s which a r e t o b e l i q u i d p e n e t r a n t i n s p e c t e d u n l e s s s p e c i f i cally approved by t h e a u t h o r i z e d r e p r e s e n t a t i v e o f NAVSEA. 5 . 5 . 2 F i n i s h e ds u r f a c e s .S u r f a c e s ,f o r which a s p e c i f i cf i n i s h i s required,shallbegivensuchsurfacefinishpriortothefinalliquid p e n e t r a n ti n s p e c t i o np r e s c r i b e d by t h ea p p l i c a b l es p e c i f i c a t i o n s .I n s p e c t i o n atintermediatestages of f a b r i c a t i o n s h a l l b e as s p e c i f i e d i n t h e a p p l i c a b l e specification.

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

34 Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

MIL-STD-271F ND

7777733 0 0 5 7 8 7 5

om

NIL-STD-Z71F(SH) 27 June 1986

5 . 6T e spt r o c e d u r e s .

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

A l l s u r f a c e sb e i n gt e s t e ds h a l lb et h o r o u g h l y 5 . 6 . 1P r e - t e s tc l e a n l i n e s s . c l e a n e do fe x t r a n e o u sm a t e r i a l .I f a n o n v o l a t i l el i q u i d i s u s e df o rc l e a n i n g , the surface shall be heated o r dried with hot a i r toassurecompleteremoval o ft h ec l e a n e r . A s a f i n a lc l e a n i n go p e r a t i o ne a c hs u r f a c es h a l lb ed i p p e d , s p r a y e d ,w i p e d ,o rb r u s h e dw i t ht r i c h l o r o e t h y l e n e ,t r i c h l o r o e t h a n e ,p e r c h l o r o e t h y l e n e ,a c e t o n e ,d e n a t u r e de t h a n o l ,i s o p r o p a n o 1 , o r 1, 1, 2, t r i c h l o r o - 1, 2, 2 , t r i f l u o r o e t h a n e ( F r e o n TF, PCA g r a d e , o r e q u a l ) andthoroughlydried by removing theexcesswith a cleandryclothorabsorbentpaper, andallowingtheremainder t oe v a p o r a t ef o r a minimum of 5 m i n u t e s . P r i o r t o l i q u i d p e n e t r a n t i n s p e c t i o n , the surface to be tested andany a d j a c e n t a r e a w i t h i n 1 inch of the surface to b et e s t e ds h a l lb ed r y and f r e e of d i r t , g r e a s e , l i n t , s c a l e and s a l t s , c o a t i n g s , or other extraneous matter that would o b s c u r e s u r f a c e o p e n i n g s o r o t h e r w i s e i n t e r f e r ew i t ht h e t e s t . I na d d i t i o n ,a l ll i q u i dp e n e t r a n t t e s t s s h a l lb e performedpriortoultrasonicinspections on t h e same s u r f a c e s t o a v o i d interferencebetweenthepenetrantdyeandanyresidualcouplant. 5 . 6 . 2 Temperature. Maximum p e n e t r a t i o ni n t oe x t r e m e l y small openings requiresthatthepenetrant and t h e t e s t s u r f a c e b e m a i n t a i n e d a t t h e t e m p e r a t u r e recommendedby the penetrant manufacturer but shall in no c a s e b e l e s s t h a n 50 degreesFahrenheit('F). The t e m p e r a t u r eo ft h ep e n e t r a n t and t h e t e s t s u r f a c e shallnotexceed 100'F, e x c e p t t h a t f o r g r o u p I m a t e r i a l st h et e m p e r a t u r eo ft h e t e s t s u r f a c e may be a maximum of 150'F o r t h e maximum t e m p e r a t u r e recommended by themanufacturer,whichever i s l e s s . Due t o t h e flammablenatureofliquidpenetrant inspection materials, the use of an open flame for heating purposes shall b ep r o h i b i t e d .S p e c i a lc o n d i t i o n sr e q u i r i n gd e v i a t i o n from t h e aboverequirement r e q u i r e a p p r o v a l byan a u t h o r i z e d r e p r e s e n t a t i v e o f NAVSEA.

5 . 6 . 3P e n e t r a t i o nt i m e . The s u r f a c et ob et e s t e ds h a l lb et h o r o u g h l y a n du n i f o r m l yc o a t e dw i t hp e n e t r a n t by flooding,brushing,immersion,or spraying.Unlessotherwise recommended by t h em a n u f a c t u r e r , andapproved by theauthorizedrepresentativeof NAVSEA, o r when s p e c i f i e d i n t h e a p p l i c a b l e m a t e r i a l o r equipment s p e c i f i c a t i o n , t h e p e n e t r a n t d w e l l i n g time f o r t h e v a r i o u s p e n e t r a n tg r o u p ss h a l lb ea sf o l l o w s : Penetrant (group 1

I II

III IV V VI VI I

Minimum p e n e t r a t i o n time (minutes) 15 15 25 25 15 10 15

Maximum p e n e t r a t i o n time (minutes) 20 20 30 30 20 15 20

5.6.3.1 Applicationofemulsifier(groups II, V and VI). The e m u l s i f i e r shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer's instruction and in accordance with 5.4.2.

35 Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

NIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986 Removal o fp e n e t r a n t .

5.6.4

5 . 6 . 4 . 1 Groups I and VI1 m a t e r i a l s , from a l l s u r f a c e s a s f o l l o w s :

(a)

(b)

5.6.4.2

the penetrant

The e x c e s sp e n e t r a n ts h a l l

be removed

A s much e x c e s s ' p e n e t r a n t as p o s s i b l e s h a l l b e removed by f i r s t wipingthesurfacethoroughlywith a clean dry cloth or absorbent paper. The r e m a i n i n ge x c e s sp e n e t r a n ts h a l lb e removed by w i p i n gt h e surface with a clean cloth or absorbent paper dampened with a p e n e t r a n t remover s p e c i f i e d by t h e p e n e t r a n t m a t e r i a l manufacturer. F l u s h i n go ft h es u r f a c ew i t h any l i q u i df o l l o w i n ga p p l i c a t i o no f and p r i o r t o d e v e l o p i n g s h a l l b e p r o h i b i t e d .

5.6.4.3 Groups I I , V and V I . A f t e r a s p e c i f i e dp e n e t r a t i o nt i m e( s e e 5 . 6 . 3 ) , t h ee m u l s i f i e rs h a l lb ea p p l i e d . The dwellingtimeoftheemulsi-

f i e r s h a l l be i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h t h e m a n u f a c t u r e r ' s i n s t r u c t i o n and i n a c c o r dancewith 5 . 4 . 2 . Subsequent t o c o m p l e t i o no fe m u l s i f i c a t i o n ,t h ee m u l s i f i e r s h a l l b e removedfrom t h e s u r f a c e of t h e p a r t by employing a warm water spray notexceeding 120'F and 40 pounds p e rs q u a r ei n c h( p s i )p r e s s u r e .A f t e r V and VI s h a l l becheckedunder a washing,items t o be inspectedusinggroups b l a c kl i g h tt oe n s u r ec o m p l e t ec l e a n i n g .A l t e r n a t i v e l y ,t h ep e n e t r a n ts h a l l be removed by u s e o f t h e c l e a n e r s p e c i f i e d by t h e m a n u f a c t u r e r o f t h e p e n e t r a n t . 5.6.4.4 Groups I I I and I V o n l y . The p e n e t r a n ts h a l lb e removedfrom s u r f a c e s by swabbing with a c l e a n l i n t - f r e e c l o t h s a t u r a t e d w i t h c l e a r w a t e r o r bysprayingwithwaternotexceeding 120'F and 40 psig.Afterwashing, items t o beinspectedusinggroup IV s h a l l becheckedunder a black.light to ensure complete cleaning. 5.6.5

Surface drying.

5.6.5.1 Groups I and VII. The d r y i n g of t e s ts u r f a c e sa f t e rt h e removalof t h e e x c e s s p e n e t r a n t s h a l l b e a c c o m p l i s h e d o n l y by normal e v a p o r a t i o n , o r by b l o t t i n g w i t h a b s o r b e n t p a p e r o r c l e a n , l i n t - f r e e c l o t h . Forced a i r c i r c u l a t i o n i n e x c e s s o f n o r m a l v e n t i l a t i o n i n t h e i n s p e c t i o n a r e a s h a l ln o tb eu s e d .U n l e s so t h e r w i s es p e c i f i e d by t h ep e n e t r a n tm a n u f a c t u r e r , the time for surface drying after removalofexcesspenetrant and p r i o r t o a p p l i c a t i o n of t h e d e v e l o p e r s h a l l b e l i m i t e d t o a maximum of 10 minutes.

i

5.6.5.2 Groups II through V I . The d r y i n go ft e s ts u r f a c e ss h a l lb e accomplished by u s i n g c i r c u l a t i n g a i r , b l o t t i n g w i t h p a p e r t o w e l s o r c l e a n l i n t f r e ec l o t ho r by normal e v a p o r a t i o n . I t i s i m p o r t a n t -t h a d t u r i n gt h ed r y i n g o p e r a t i o n , no c o n t a m i n a t i n g m a t e r i a l b e i n t r o d u c e d o n t o t h e s u r f a c e which may c a u s em i s i n t e r p r e t a t i o nd u r i n gt h ei n s p e c t i o no p e r a t i o n . The t i m ef o rs u r f a c e dryingoperationshallbeinaccordancewiththemanufacturer'sinstructions.

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

MIL-STD-271F N D M 7777911 0 0 5 7 8 7 7 4 M MIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986 e

5 . 6 . 6A p p l i c a t i o no fd e v e l o p e r .

"

5 . 6 . 6 . 2 Dry developer. Dry developing powder s h a l l b ea p p l i e do n l y on d r y s u r f a c e s so t h a t m a t t i n g will beprevented. Thepowder s h a l l b e t h i n l y but uniformly applied to provide a dusty appearance immediately after drying o ft h e t e s t s u r f a c e . Time f o r d e v e l o p m e n to fi n d i c a t i o n sa f t e rt h ed e v e l o p i n g powder h a s b e e n a p p l i e d s h a l l b e c o n t r o l l e d and k e p t t o a minimum. 5 . 6 . 6 . 3 Aqueouswet d e v e l o p e r .T h i st y p eo fd e v e l o p e rs h a l lb eu n i f o r m l y appliedtosurfaces by d i p p i n g , s p r a y i n g o r b r u s h i n g , as soon as p o s s i b l e a f t e r removal of a l l e x c e s s p e n e t r a n t b u t i n no c a s et oe x c e e d 10 minutes. When u s i n g l i q u i d - t y p ed e v e l o p e r s , i t i s n e c e s s a r y t h a t t h e y b e c o n t i n u a l l y a g i t a t e d i n o r d e rt op r e v e n ts e t t l i n go fs o l i dp a r t i c l e sd i s p e r s e di nt h el i q u i d .C o n c e n t r a t i o n s ofwetdeveloper i n c a v i t i e s on t h e i n s p e c t i o n s u r f a c e s h a l l n o t b e permitted since these pools w i l l d r y t o an excessively heavy coating in such areas resulting in the masking of i n d i c a t i o n s . 5 . 6 . 7L i g h t i n gi nt e s ta r e a . When u s i n gt h ed y ep e n e t r a n ti n s p e c t i o n , groups I , I I , and I I I , t h e t e s t a r e a s h a l l b e a d e q u a t e l y i l l u m i n a t e d f o r p r o p e re v a l u a t i o n of i n d i c a t i o n sr e v e a l e d on t h e t e s t s u r f a c e . When t h e f l u o r e s c e n t p e n e t r a n t i s used,theinspectionshallbeaccomplishedin a d a r k e n e da r e au s i n g a b l a c kl i g h t . The b l a c k l i g h t s o u r c e s h a l l b e a 100-watt o rg r e a t e rc l e a rm e r c u r yE l o o d l i g h t( W e s t i n g h o u s et y p e H44-4 M J Lifeguard,or equal)fittedwith a heat-resistingblacklightfilter (Kopp no.41orCorning n o .5 8 7 4 ,o re q u a l )w h i c hf i l t e r so u tv i s i b l el i g h t and t r a n s m i t s u l t r a v i o l e t l i g h t . A minimum of 5 mfnutes s h a l l b ea l l o w e df o rt h e lamp t o o b t a i n f u l l b r i l l i a n c eb e f o r eb e g i n n i n gt h ei n s p e c t i o n . The l i g h t - t o - t e s t - s u r f a c e d i s t a n c e s h a l ln o te x c e e d 15 i n c h e sf o r1 0 0 - w a t ts o u r c e . The maximum d i s t a n c ef o rg r e a t e r l i g h ts o u r c es h a l lb ep r o r a t e d . The l i g h t b u l b a n d t h e f i l t e r s h a l l b e f r e e o f dustandstaintoassureadequateblacklightintensity. i s c o n c l u d e d ,t h ep e n e t r a n t 5 . 6 . 8F i n a lc l e a n i n g . When t h ei n s p e c t i o n materialsshallbe removed a s s o o n a s p o s s i b l e bymeans of w a t e r o r s o l v e n t s in accordance with 5.6.1 and with applicable cleaning specifications.

a

5 . 6 . 9S a f e t yp r e c a u t i o n s .P e n e t r a n ti n s p e c t i o nm a t e r i a l ss h a l lb eu s e d inaccordancewithallapplicablesafetyregulations.

Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

I

5 . 6 . 6 . 1 Nonaqueous wet developer. A nonaqueous w e t d e v e l o p e rs p e c i f i e d by t h ep e n e t r a n tm a n u f a c t u r e rs h a l lb eu s e d .I m m e d i a t e l yp r i o rt oa p p l i c a t i o n the developing liquid shall be kept agitated in order to prevent settling of s o l i d particles d i s p e r s e d i n t h e l i q u i d . Thedevelopershallbeuniformly a p p l i e di n a t h i n c o a t i n g t o t h e t e s t s u r f a c e by s p r a y i n g .I ft h eg e o m e t r y 0.f theitembeinginspectedprecludestheuseof a spray, a brushorsimilarapplicatorshallbeusedprovided it r e s u l t s i n a u n i f o r m , t h i n c o a t i n g o f d e v e l o p e r . Pools ofwetdeveloper in cavities on the inspection surface shall not be permitted since these pools will d r y t o a n e x c e s s i v e l y h e a v y c o a t i n g i n s u c h a r e a s r e s u l t i n g i n t h e maskingof i n d i c a t i o n s .I n s p e c t i o ns h a l lb e made a minimum of 7 minutesand no l a t e r t h a n 30 m i n u t e s a f t e r t h e d e v e l o p e r h a s d r i e d . Forgroups I and V I 1 penetrantmaterial,onlythenonaqueous wet d e v e l o p e r s h a l l be used.

ND

flIL-STD-27LF ~~~~

~

99997LL 0 0 5 7 8 7 8 . ~~.

~

~~

-

EIIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986 --```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

5 . 7T e srt e s u l t s .

5 . 7 . 1 A l l i n d i c a t i o n s i n weld c r a t e r s s h a l l beconsidered.relevantand s h a l lb ee v a l u a t e di na c c o r d a n c ew i t ht h ea p p l i c a b l ea c c e p t a n c es t a n d a r d s .F o r o t h e r i n d i c a t i o n s which a r e b e l i e v e d t o b e n o n r e l e v a n t , s u c h a s t h o s e which may o c c u ro nc a s t i n gs u r f a c e s , 10 p e r c e n t o f e a c h t y p e o f i n d i c a t i o n s h a l l b e explored by removing t h e s u r f a c e c o n d i t i o n b e l i e v e d t o havecausedtheindicat i o n s and r e t e s t e d .C o n f i r m a t i o n ofnonrelevancyalso may be made by o t h e r methods when approved by t h e Government I n s p e c t o r . The l o c a t i o no fn o n r e l e v a n t i n d i c a t i o n s and t h e method o f c o n f i r m a t i o n s h a l l b e r e c o r d e d i n t h e i n s p e c t i o n report.

6.

ULTRASONIC TESTING

6 . 1D e f i n i t i o n s . testing.

The f o l l o w i n gd e f i n i t i o n sa r ea p p l i c a b l et ou l t r a s o n i c

6 . 1 . 1A c o u s t i c a l l ys i m i l a rm a t e r i a l . The same t y p eo fm a t e r i a l as t h a t t o be inspected or another material which has been experimentally proven t o have an a c o u s t i c a l v e l o c i t y w i t h i n p l u s o r minus 3 p e r c e n t f o r t h i c k n e s s t e s t i n g , and f o r a m p l i t u d e c o m p a r i s o n t e s t t h e b a c k r e f l e c t i o n a m p l i t u d e from equal thicknessesshallbewithinplusor minus 10 percentofeachotherasmeasured on t h e CRT. T h i s t e s t s h a l l beconducted on sampleshavingequalcontourand surface finish for both the sound e n t r a n t and r e f l e c t i v e s u r f a c e s . 6.1.2Amplitude. When r e f e r r i n g t o a ni n d i c a t i o n on t h ec a t h o d er a y tube,amplitude is the vertical height of t h e i n d i c a t i o n measuredfrom t h e lowest t o t h e h i g h e s t p o i n t on t h e i n d i c a t i o n . 6 . 1 . 3 Amplitude r e j e c t i o nl e v e l (ARL). The h o r i z o n t a ll e v e l on t h e is e s t a b l i s h e d a s e i t h e r a p e r c e n t a g e of f u l l s c a l e cathode ray tube which heightoras a d e c i b e l (dB) levelbased on t h e peakamplitudeofthesignal received from t h e a p p l i c a b l e r e f l e c t i v e s u r f a c e i n t h e c a l i b r a t i o n s t a n d a r d . 6.1.4

Angle beam t e s t i n g .

A t e s t i n gt e c h n i q u ei n

i s a t a na n g l eo t h e rt h a np e r p e n d i c u l a r

which t h et r a n s d u c e r and a wedge o r o t h e r medium), i n a

(90 d e g r e e s ) t o t h e t e s t s u r f a c e

t h e u l t r a s o n i c waves e n t e r t h e m a t e r i a l ( v i a direction an-gular to the test surface.

6.1.5A-scan. A methodof d a t ap r e s e n t a t i o n on a cathoderaytube when r e a d i n g u t i l i z i n g a h o r i z o n t a l b a s e l i n e which indicates elapsed time from l e f t t o r i g h t . A v e r t i c a ld e f l e c t i o ni nt h eb a s el i n ei n d i c a t e s reflectedsignalamplitude. 6 . 1 . 6 As-welded c o n d i t i o n . The c o n d i t i o no f weldmetal,weldedjoints, andweldments a f t e r w e l d i n g andremovalof s l a g , s p a t t e r , and s o f o r t h , p r i o r t o any t h e r m a l o r m e c h a n i c a l t r e a t m e n t . 6 . 1 . 7A t t e n u a t i o n . through the material.

Loss of u l t r a s o n i ci n t e n s i t ya st h e

6 . 1 . 8 Back r e f l e c t i o n .I n d i c a t i o n the material under test.

of t h e echofrom

beam p a s s e s

t h ef a r

38 Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

.

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 . Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

boundaryof

MIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June1986 --```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

6 . 1 . 9C a l i b r a t i o n .A d j u s t m e n to ft h eu l t r a s d n i cs y s t e mt og i v ed e s i r e d i n d i c a t i o n h e i g h t and p o s i t i o n from known r e f l e c t i n g s t a n d a r d s a s r e q u i r e d f o r the inspection being performed. 6 . 1 . 1 0C a l i b r a t i o ns t a n d a r d S . e er e f e r e n c ec a l i b r a t i o ns t a n d a r d . 6 . 1 . 1 1C a t h o d er a yt u b e . An e l e c t r o nt u b ei n e l e c t r o n s from t h e c a t h o d e i s used t o reproducean s c r e e n a t t h e end o f t h e t u b e .

which a c o n t r o l l e d beam of imageon a f l u o r e s c e n t

6.1.12Classofweld. Weld c l a s s e s I , II and I I I are used t o d i f f e r e n t i a t e between c r i t i c a l and less c r i t i c a l weldsand r e l a t e t o a c c e p t a n c ec r i t e r i a . Weld c l a s s e s are d e f i n e d by a p p l i c a b l ef a b r i c a t i o n documents. 6.1.13Compressional t h e atoms of t h e m a t e r i a l propagat ion.

wave.Those waves i n which t h e p a r t i c l e motionof i s e s s e n t i a l l y i n t h e same d i r e c t i o n as t h e wave

A s c a n n i n gp r a c t i c ei nw h i c he a c hp a s sw i t ht h e 6.1.14Continuousscan. t r a n s d u c e ro v e r l a p st h ep r e v i o u sp a s s by a t l e a s t 25 p e r c e n t . 6.1.15Couplant. Any m a t e r i a l ,u s u a l l y a l i q u i do rs e m i - l i q u i d ,u s e d between t h e f a c e o f t h e s e a r c h u n i t and t h e t e s t s u r f a c e t o p e r m i t o r improve transmission of the ultrasonic wave from t h e s e a r c h u n i t t o t h e material under t e s t . 6 . 1 . 1 6D e l a yc o n t r o l . A means o fp o s i t i o n i n gt h ed e s i r e dp a t t e r nt ot h e l e f t o r r i g h t on t h e c a t h o d e r a y t u b e . 6 . 1 . 1 7D i s c o n t i n u i t y .A n y t h i n gw i t h i n a materialwhich detectable interruption or change i n a n u l t r a s o n i c beam.

w i l l cause a

6 . 1 . 1 8D i s r e g a r dl e v e l (DRL). The h o r i z o n t a l l e v e l on t h ec a t h o d er a y t u b e e s t a b l i s h e d a t a givenlevelbelow the a m p l i t u d e r e j e c t i o n l e v e l (ARL). 6.1.19Frequency. time .

The number o fc y c l e st h e

wave c o m p l e t e sp e ru n i t

of

6 . 1 . 2 0F u l ls c r e e nh e i g h t . The h i g h e s tp o i n t on t h ec a t h o d er a yt u b e usedforevaluation and r e c o r d i n g p u r p o s e s , d e s i g n a t e d as 100 p e r c e n t o r s c a l e 10. 6 . 1 . 2 1 Gain c o n t r o l . A c o n t r o lw h i c hv a r i e st h ea m p l i f i c a t i o no ft h e u l t r a s Q n i cs y s t e m .A l s oc o n s i d e r e dt h es e n s i t i v i t yc o n t r o l . 6 . 1 . 2 2 IIW block. A s t a n d a r d t e s t blockdesigned by t h eI n t e r n a t i o n a l I n s t i t u t e o f Welding(IIW) t o checktheoperation of t h e u l t r a s o n i c s y s t e m a n d s e a r c h u n i t s or t r a n s d u c e r s . 6 . 1 . 2 3I n d i c a t i o n . A s i g n a lc a u s e d d i s c o n t i n u i t y o r a boundary surface.

by a beam b e i n gr e f l e c t e d

39 Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

from a

blIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986 6 . 1 . 2 4I n i t i a lp u l s e . caused by t h e r e f l e c t i o n s 6 . 1 . 2 5I n t e r f a c e . contactwitheachother.

The s i g n a l on t h el e f ts i d eo ft h ev i e w i n gs c r e e n from t h e t e s t s u r f a c e o r t r a n s d u c e r f a c e . The boundarybetween

two m a t e r i a l s which a r ei n

6 . 1 . 2 6L i n e a r i t y . The c h a r a c t e r i s t i co f a ni n s t r u m e n t h a t i s revealed by a l i n e a r change i n r e f l e c t e d s i g n a l a m p l i t u d e and h o r i z o n t a l d i s p l a c e m e n t . The v e r t i c a l l i n e a r i t y i s determined by p l o t t i n g the change i n r a t i o s of s i g n a la m p l i t u d e from two r e f l e c t i n ga r e a s . The h o r i z o n t a ll i n e a r i t y is determined by p l o t t i n g t h e d i s t a n c e t h e s i g n a l is displaced along the sweep a g a i n s t t h e change i n m a t e r i a l t h i c k n e s s . 6.1.27Longitudinal 6 , l . 28

wave.

Elegahertz (#Hz).

Another name forcompressionalwave, One m i l l i o n h e r t z .

6 . 1 . 2 9 Peak i n d i c a t i o n . The maximum h e i g h to ra m p l i t u d e ofan i n d i c a t i o n r e c e i v e d fromanyone reflective surface using a constant gain setting.

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

A s a m p l eo fm a t e r i a la c o u s t i c a l l y 6 . 1 . 3 0R e f e r e n c ec a l i b r a t i o ns t a n d a r d . similar t o t h e m a t e r i a l t o b e t e s t e d c o n t a i n i n g known r e f l e c t o r s w i t h which theultrasonicsystem i s c a l i b r a t e d and a c c e p t a n c e / r e j e c t i o n l e v e l s established. 6 . 1 . 3 1R e f l e c t i o n . Thephenomenon bywhich and c h a n g e s t h e d i r e c t i o n o f i t s propagation.

a wave s t r i k e s a boundary

6 . 1 . 3 2R e s o l u t i o n . The a b i l i t yt oc l e a r l yd i s t i n g u i s hs i g n a l so b t a i n e d fromtwo r e f l e c t i v e s u r f a c e s w i t h a minimum d i f f e r e n c e i n d e p t h . Near s u r f a c e resolution is the ability to clearly distinguish a s i g n a l from a r e f l e c t o r a t a minimum d i s t a n c e u n d e r t h e n e a r s u r f a c e w i t h o u t i n t e r f e r e n c e from t h e i n i t i a l p u l s es i g n a l .F a rs u r f a c er e s o l u t i o n i s t h e a b i l i t y t o c l e a r l yd i s t i n g u i s h s i g n a l s from r e f l e c t o r s d i s p l a c e d a minimum d i s t a n c e from t h e back s u r f a c e when the sound beam i s normal t o t h a t back surface. 6.1.33Scanning. surface to transmit the

The moving of t h es e a r c hu n i t( o ru n i t s )a l o n g sound beam i n t o t h e m a t e r i a l b e i n g t e s t e d .

6 . 1 . 3 4S e a r c hu n i t . The t r a n s d u c e ra f f i x e dt o o b t a i n t h e d e s i r e d wave p r o p a g a t i o n . 6 . 1 . 3 5S e n s i t i v i t y . The measureof ment t o d e t e c t d i s c o n t i n u i t i e s .

I

a test

a s u i t a b l ed e v i c et o

t h ea b i l i t yo ft h eu l t r a s o n i ce q u i p -

6.1.36Shearwaves. When t h e d i r e c t i o n ofpropagationof a wave i s perpendicular to the direction of v i b r a t i o n o f p a r t i c l e s of t h e medium i n which t h e wave t r a v e l s ,t h e wave i s s a i dt o be a t r a n s v e r s eo rs h e a r wave.

40 Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

NIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986

6 . 1 . 3 7S k i pd i s t a n c ea n g l e beam t e s t i n g .I np a r t sh a v i n gp a r a l l e l surfaces, the distance between the p o i n t o f sound beam e n t r y and t h e f i r s t p o i n t where t h e b o t t o m - r e f l e c t e d beam r e t u r n s t o t h e e n t r a n t s u r f a c e ( s e e figure 7). 6.1.38

Test s u r f a c e .

Any b o u n d a r yo fm a t e r i a lu n d e rt e s t .

6.1.39Transducer. The elementwhichtransmitssoundvibrationsintothe m a t e r i a lt ob et e s t e da n dr e c e i v e sr e f l e c t e dv i b r a t i o n s . The a c t i v ee l e m e n to f the transducer is definedastheeffectivetransmittingarea.

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

6 . 1 . 4 0U l t r a s o n i c beconducted.

test sensitivity.

The s e n s i t i v i t y a t

which t h e t e s t

will

A m a t e r i a lh a v i n g no d i s c o n t i n u i t i e s 6 . 1 . 4 1U l t r a s o n i c a l l y soundmaterial. whichcausediscernibleultrasonicindicationsattherequiredtestsensitivity level. 6.2Procedure and t e s t methods. The t e s t methodswhichfollowapply t ot h e i n s p e c t i o no ff o r g i n g s ,c a s t i n g s ,r o l l e do re x t r u d e ds h a p e s ,b a rs t o c k ,p l a t e , weldments,pipe and t u b i n g , bonded m a t e r i a l s , andmetalsheet. As d e s c r i b e d herein,theproceduresarelargelymanual.Automation,however, may b ea p p l i e d t o t h e s e methods when it s e r v e st om i n i m i z eo p e r a t o ri n d u c e dv a r i a b l e s .T e s t i n g can be performed more e a s i l y a n d r e p r o d u c i b l y on p a r t s which have the simple g e o m e t r i e sa s s o c i a t e dw i t he a r l ys t a g e s of f a b r i c a t i o n .I n s p e c t i o n methods o t h e r thanthosespecifiedin t h i s s e c t i o n may be used, provided approval i s based on procedural qualification obtained from t h e a u t h o r i z e d NAVSEA r e p r e s e n t a t i v e . A l l t e s t s s h a l l b e performed i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h a w r i t t e n i n s p e c t i o n p r o c e d u r e approved i n accordance with 1 . 7 . 6 . 2 . 1 T e s t method s e l e c t i o n . Themethod o r methods r e q u i r e df o ri n s p e c t i o n of a component i s s p e c i f i e d by t h e equipment o r m a t e r i a l s p e c i f i c a t i o n o r o t h e r f a b r i c a t i o n document.Selectionof a t e s t method orcombinationofmethods s h a l l b e b a s e d upon t h e c o n f i g u r a t i o n a n d t h e o r i e n t a t i o n o f e x p e c t e d d i s c o n t i n u i t i e s i n t h e items t o beinspected. 6 . 2 . 2S u r f a c ef i n i s h .S u r f a c e so fm e t a l ss h a l lb ec l e a n and f r e eo f d i r t ,l o o s es c a l e ,l o o s ep a i n t ,o ro t h e rl o o s ef o r e i g nm a t t e r .S u r f a c e f i n i s h e s o f m a t e r i a l t o b e i n s p e c t e d by c o n t a c t method s h a l l h a v e a f i n i s h o f 250 r a o r s m o o t h e r .F o rm a t e r i a l st ob ei n s p e c t e d by t h e immersionmethod, t h e s u r f a c e f i n i s h of t h e c a l i b r a t i o n s t a n d a r d s h a l l n o t b e anysmootherthan t h a to ft h e material t o b e t e s t e d . S u r f a c e w a v i n e s s s h a l l n o t i n t e r f e r e w i t h test. 6 . 2 . 3T e s t i n gs p e e d .R o t a t i o no rs p e e do ft h ep a r to rs e a r c hu n i ts h a l l be controlled as closely as p o s s i b l e and s h a l l b e c o n s i s t e n t w i t h o p e r a t o r r e a d o u tc a p a b i l i t y . In any c a s e , t h e t e s t s p e e d s h a l l n o t e x c e e d t h e maximum speed a t which t h e c a l i b r a t i o n s t a n d a r d c a n b e s c a n n e d t o p r o d u c e a clearly resolvedindication. 6 . 2 . 4C o u p l a n t . A c o u p l a n ts h a l lb eu s e dw h i c hc a u s e sa c o u s t i cc o u p l i n g betweenthetransducer and t h ep a r tb e i n gi n s p e c t e d .T h i sc o u p l a n ts h a l ln o t b ei n j u r i o u st ot h em a t e r i a l .G l y c e r i no rg l y c e r i n mixed w i t hw a t e ro r

41 Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

I'lIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986

a l c o h o l a r e some materialswhich.maybeusedas s h a l l b e removedfrom t h e p a r t a t t h e c o m p l e t i o n

a c o u p l a n t . The couplant of t h e i n s p e c t i o n .

6.2.5 Test s y m b o l s D . r a w i n g ss p e c i f y i n gu l t r a s o n i ci n s p e c t i o ns h a l l employ symbols in accordance with AWS A2.4.

6.2.6

C a l i b r a t i o n ,P r i o rt o any i n s p e c t i o n ,t h ee q u i p m e n ts h a l lb e calibrated,usingthepropercalibrationstandard, and s h a l l b e r e c h e c k e d a t l e a s to n c ep e r8 - h o u rs h i f t , and a t thecompletion of t e s t i n g . I f a recheck i n d i c a t e s r e c a l i b r a t i o n i s r e q u i r e d ,a l li t e m st e s t e ds i n c et h el a s ti n s t r u m e n t check s h a l l b er e i n s p e c t e d .D u r i n gt e s t i n g , a n yr e a l i g n m e n to ft h es e a r c hu n i t o r anychange i n s e a r c h u n i t , i n s t r u m e n t s e t t i n g s o r s c a n n i n g s p e e d from t h a t used f o r c a l i b r a t i o n s h a l l r e q u i r e r e c a l i b r a t i o n . Equipment.Ultrasonicequipmentshallconsistofthefollowing: (aU ) l t r a s o n i ci n s t r u m e n tE . l e c t r o n i ci n s t r u m e n ct a p a b l eo f producing,receiving and d i s p l a y i n g h i g h f r e q u e n c y e l e c t r i c a l p u l s e s a t t h er e q u i r e df r e q u e n c i e s andenergylevels. The instrumentshallhave a demonstrablecapabilityto meet t h e tests. calibrationrequirementsforspecific ( b )S e a r c hu n i t s .S e a r c hu n i t ss h a l lb ec a p a b l eo ft r a n s f o r m i n g electricalimpulsestomechanical soundenergy a t s p e c i f i c it s h a l l becapable f r e q u e n c i e s . With t h es u i t a b l ec o u p l a n t , of t r a n s m i t t i n g t h e sound i n t o t h e m a t e r i a l and r e c e i v i n g t h e r e t u r n i n g soundenergy,orboth. (c)Mastertransducer(compressional wave o n l y ) . The master transducershallbe oneof a set of two s i m i l a r t r a n s d u c e r s set a p a r t t o b eu s e df o re q u i p m e n tq u a l i f i c a t i o no n l y .T h e s e transducersshallbe 1 / 2 i n c hi nd i a m e t e r and2.25 MHz. ( d )C a l i b r a t i o ns t a n d a r d s . To provide a b a s i sf o rf l a we v a l u a t i o n inultrasonictesting,calibrationteststandardsshallbe used f o r b a s i c c a l i b r a t i o n of t e s t equipmentand t o e s t a b l i s h acceptance or reject ion levels. 6.4

General requirements. Equipment requirements.

6.4.1 6.4.1.1

(a)

B a s i ci n s t r u m e n tq u a l i f i c a t i o n

-

pulseecho.

The v e r t i c a l l i n e a r i t y s h a l l becheckedbypositioningthe IIW mastertransduceroverthedepthresolutionnotchinan b l o c ko re q u a l , so t h a t t h e s i g n a l from t h e n o t c h i s a t a h e i g h to ft h r e es c a l ed i v i s i o n s (30 p e r c e n t s c r e e n h e i g h t ) , and t h e s i g n a l fromoneof the back surfaces i s a t a height of s i x scale d i v i s i o n s (60 p e r c e n ts c r e e nh e i g h t ) . A curve i s thenplottedshowingthedeviations from t h e a b o v e e s t a b l i s h e d 2:l r a t i o t h a t o c c u r s a s t h e a m p l i t u d e o f t h e s i g n a l from t h e notch i s r a i s e d i n i n c r e m e n t s o f o n e s c a l e d i v i s i o n u n t i l t h e back r e f l e c t i o n s i g n a l r e a c h e s f u l l s c a l e , and t h e n i s lowered inincrementsof one s c a l e d i v i s i o n (10 p e r c e n t ) u n t i l t h e n o t c h s i g n a lr e a c h e so n es c a l ed i v i s i o n . A t e a c hi n c r e m e n t ,t h er a t i o 42

Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

6.3

r-

M I L - S T D - 2 7 LNFD

-

77777LL 0057883 T

-

MIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986

(b)

(c)

of t h e two s i g n a l s i s determined. The r a t i o s a r e p l o t t e d on the graph a t t h e p o s i t i o n c o r r e s p o n d i n g t o t h e l a r g e r s i g n a l . Between t h e limits of20-and 80 percent(2and 8 scale d i v i s i o n s ) of t h e s c r e e n h e i g h t , t h e r a t i o s h a l l b e w i t h i n 10 p e r c e n t o f 2:l. I n s t r u m e n ts e t t i n g su s e dd u r i n gi n s p e c t i o ns h a l ln o tc a u s e variation outside the 1 0 p e r c e n t limits e s t a b l i s h e d a b o v e . (See f i g u r e 8 f o r a t y p i c a l p l o t . ) When t h et i m e - d i s t a n c er e l a t i o n s h i p( h o r i z o n t a ll i n e a r i t y ) d i s p l a y e d on t h e sweep o f t h e c a t h o d e r a y t u b e is a f u n c t i o n of t h e t e s t , t h e d i s t a n c e s h a l l b e d e t e r m i n e d by p l o t t i n g signaldisplacementagainst known t h i c k n e s s i n t h e r a n g e o f 1 t o 5 i n c h e si n1 - i n c hi n c r e m e n t s ,t h e limits t o b e w i t h i n p l u s o r minus 3 p e r c e n t . A s an a l t e r n a t i v e ,m u l t i p l eb a c kr e f l e c t i o n s from 1 - i n c h b l o c k may be used. The r e s o l u t i o ns h a l lb ed e t e r m i n e du s i n gt h e IIW s t e e l b l o c k o r e q u i v a l e n tw i t ht h em a s t e rt r a n s d u c e r . The equipmentmust - r e s o l v e to the base line an 80 p e r c e n t o f f u l l s c a l e i n d i c a t i o n from t h e l a r g e( 5 0 - m i l l i m e t e r (mm)) h o l e 5 mm from t h e s u r f a c e f o r n e a r f i e l d r e s o l u t i o n and t h e d e p t h r e s o l u t i o n n o t c h f o r f a r f i e l d .

Shear wave t r a n s d u c e r .S h e a r refractedangleintherangeasspecifiedin p l u s o r minus 3 degreesofthedesignatedangle t h e s t e e l IIW block. 6.4.1.2

wave s e a r c hu n i t ss h a l lh a v e a 6 . 5 . 4 . 3 . 2 , w i t h i n t h e limits of a t 68 & 10°F,asdetermined by

-

6.4.1.3 B a s i ci n s t r u m e n tq u a l i f i c a t i o n thicknessgauge. A t l e a s t two r e a d i n g s s h a l l b e made on eachof a s e r i e s o f t e s t b l o c k s r e p r e s e n t a t i v e o f the i n s t r u m e n t .V a r i a t i o n sb e t w e e nt h et r u et h i c k n e s s and t h e t h er a n g e so f determinedthicknessshallbereducedtoplusor minus p e r c e n t a g e v a r i a t i o n and t h i s v a l u e p l o t t e d on a g r a p h .P l u so r minus v a r i a t i o n from z e r o s h a l l b e p l o t t e d on t h e h o r i z o n t a l a x i s and t h e p e r c e n t of t h e r e a d i n g s p l o t t e d on t h e v e r t i c a la x i s . A s u f f i c i e n t number o fr e a d i n g ss h a l lb e made t o ' 8 c c u r a t e l y d e t e r m i n et h et h i c k n e s st e s t i n gc h a r a c t e r i s t i c so ft h ei n s t r u m e n t s . A t least 95 p e r c e n t of t h e t o t a l number o f r e a d i n g s s h a l l b e w i t h i n p l u s o r minus 3 p e r c e n to ft h et r u ev a l u e ;F o rt h i c k n e s s e so f 0 . 1 5 0 i n c ho r less, t h er e a d i n g s shall be within plus or minus 0 . 0 0 5 i n c h o f t h e t r u e v a l u e . 6 . 4 . 1 . 4 F r e q u e n c yo fb a s i ci n s t r u m e n tq u a l i f i c a t i o n . The b a s i ci n s t r u m e n t 6 qualification shall be performed anddocumented a t i n t e r v a l s n o t t o e x c e e d months or whenevermaintenance i s performedwhichaffectstheequipmentfunction.

I n s p e c t i o np r o c e d u r e .T h eu l t r a s o n i ci n s p e c t i o np r o c e d u r e ss h a l l a minimum, t h ef o l l o w i n gi n f o r m a t i o n :

, or.sizestobetestedortobe exemptfrom ( a )M a t e r i a l s ,s h a p e s test. (b)Automaticdefectalarmandrecordingequipmentorboth. ( c )S p e c i a ls e a r c hu n i t s ,w e d g e s ,s h o e s ,o rs a d d l e s . ( d )R o t a t i n g r, e v o l v i n gf e e d i n g mechanisms. (e)Stageofmanufacture when t e s t w i l l be made. ( f ) The s u r f a c e fromwhich t h e t e s t s h a l lb ep e r f o r m e d . ( gS) u r f a c fei n i s h . (h) Couplant:. 43 Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

6.4.2

c o n t a i n ,a s

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

NIL-STD-Z71F(SH) 27 June 1986 of t h ec a l i b r a t i o n method. ( i )D e s c r i p t i o n ( j ) Scanning. (k) Mode of t r a n s m i s s i o n . ( 1 )T r a n s d u c e rs i z e andfrequency. (m) Acceptance standards. (n) Method o fr e c o r d i n gi n s p e c t i o nr e s u l t s .

6 . 4 . 2 . 1P r o c e d u r er e q u a l i f i c a t i o n . Changes t ot h eu l t r a s o n i ci n s p e c t i o n procedurewithinthescopeofthissectionthataffectsthetechnicalaspect of t h ep r o c e d u r es h a l lb ea p p r o v e d by t h eu l t r a s o n i ct e s t examiner p r i o rt ou s e . Changes o u t s i d e a t t h e p a r a m e t e r s o f t h i s s e c t i o n o r a change t o a m a t e r i a l t h a t is not acoustically similar to that for which the procedure has been qualified s h arl el q u i rree q u a l i f i c a t i ootnh fper o c e d u r e .

l

I

~

6 . 4 . 3D i s c o n t i n u i t ye v a l u a t i o n I. fd i s c o n t i n u i t i e sa r ed e t e c t e d t, h e search unit shall be directed to maximize t h e s i g n a l a m p l i t u d e discontinuityforevaluation.

from t h e

6 . 4 . 4R e c o r d s .R e c o r d so fu l t r a s o n i ci n s p e c t i o ns h a l lc o n t a i nt h e following: Description and unique identification. Approved p r o c e d u r e i d e n t i f i c a t i o n . Instrument manufacturer andmodelnumber. T r a n s d u c e r s i z e and t y p e . Search beam a n g l e . Testfrequency. Coup l a n t C a l i b r a t i o n s t a n d a r d number. Acceptance standard used. Dateofinspection. Signatureofinspectors.

.

l

6.5

T e s t methods.

6 . 5 . 1 Forgings,wroughtandextrudedmaterial.Testsofforgings,wrought b a r s , and e x t r u d e d m a t e r i a l s h a l l b e made a t t h e same frequencyused t o c a l i b r a t e t h ee q u i p m e n t .C o n t r o l ss h a l lb es e td u r i n gt h ec a l i b r a t i o n and s h a l l n o t b e c h a n g e dd u r i n gt h ep r o d u c t i o nt e s t .D e t e r m i n a t i o no ft h es i z e of d i s c o n t i n u i t i e s s h a l l b e made bycomparison t o t h e r e f e r e n c e s t a n d a r d h o l e s a s s p e c i f i e d i n 6.5.1.1.

6 . 5 . 1 . 1T e s tc a l i b r a t i o n ,l o n g i t u d i n a l wave. U n l e s so t h e r w i s es p e c i f i e d , when t e s t i n g f o r g i n g s , i n c l u d i n g r i n g , r e c t a n g u l a r r o u n d e d , m u l t i s i d e d d i s c o r pancake and a l l wrought b a r s u s i n g l o n g i t u d i n a l waves, t h e c a l i b r a t i o n c r i t e r i a of t a b l e V I s h a l l a p p l y .

I

44 Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

NIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June1986

TABLE V I .

C a l i b r a t i o nh o l es i z ef o rl o n g i t u d i n a lt e s t . Diameterof flat bottomedhole (FBH) (inches & O . 005)

Section thickness ( inches ) Lessthan1/2 1/2 tolessthan 1-1/2 1 - 1 / 2 t o l e s st h a n 2 - 1 / 2 2-1/2 t o l e s s t h a n 3 - 1 / 2 3-1/2 t o less than4-1/2 4-1/2 t o less than5-1/2 5-1/2 t o l e s s t h a n 6 - 1 / 2 6-1/2andover

1/32 1/16 3/32 1/8

I

2.

3.

4.

5.

6. 7.

c

A l l f l a t b o t t o m e dh o l e ss h a l lh a v eb o t t o m sp a r a l l e lt o theentrantortothetangentoftheentrantsurface. The c a l i b r a t i o ns t a n d a r ds h a l lb ew i d e enough t o permit sound transmission to the flat bottomed hole withoutsideeffects. The c a l i b r a t i o ns t a n d a r dm a t e r i a ls h a l lb ea c o u s t i c a l i y s i m i l a r and w i t h i n 1/8 i n c h o f t h e m a t e r i a l t h i c k n e s s t o b e i n s p e c t e d and s h a l l b e u l t r a s o n i c a l l y s o u n d . Ultrasonicallysoundmaterial i s d e f i n e da s a m a t e r i a l which i s capableofexhibitingan 80 p e r c e n t o f - f u l l scale reflected signal amplitude from á s p e c i f i e d FBH w i t h no more t h a n 20 p e r c e n t o f f u l l s c a l e e x t r a n e o u s s i g n a la m p l i t u d e . The s u r f a c ef i n i s h and c u r v a t u r e shall be similar to the test surface. F l a t b o t t o m e dh o l e sf o rt e s ts t a n d a r d ss h a l lb ed r i l l e d t o a depthofone-halfthethicknessor 1 inchwhichever i s less. The t e s tf r e q u e n c ys h a l lb et h e same a s t h e c a l i b r a t i o n frequency. The c o u p l a n tu s e df o rc a l i b r a t i o ns h a l lb et h e same as thatusedforinspection. The u s eo fd i s t a n c ea m p l i t u d ec o r r e c t i o nc u r v e s is permittedforcalibration. --```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

NOTES : 1.

5/32 3/ 16 7/32 1/4

6 . 5 . 1 . 2R i n gf o r g i n g s .

6 . 5 . 1 . 2 . 1T e s tc a l i b r a t i o n ,s h e a r wave. The c a l i b r a t i o ns t a n d a r d f o r t h e ri:;g f o r g i n g s w i t h w a l l t h i c k n e s s e s t h a t do not exceed 20 p e r c e n t of t h e outsidediametershallhave two n o t c h e s c u t a x i a l l y , o n e on t h e i n s i d e s u r f a c e andone on t h e o u t s i d e s u r f a c e of t h e t e s t s t a n d a r d . They s h a l l b e l o c a t e d so that their sides are smoothand p a r a l l e l t o t h e a x i s of t h e f o r g i n g a n d t h a t readilydistinguishableindividualultrasonicindicationsareobtained. from eachnotch.Shear wave i n s p e c t i o ns h a l lb ep e r f o r m e d a t 3 p e r c e n tn o t c h s e n s i t i v i t y . The n o t c hs h a l lb e U- o r V-shaped.Thedimensionsof t h en o t c h s h a l l comply w i t h t a b l e VII. Scan u n t i l t h e n o t c h i n d i c a t i o n from t h e i n s i d e d i a m e t e ra p p e a r s a t t h e f a r t h e s t p o s i t i o n t o t h e l e f t a t which it i s r e a d a b l e . Hove t h e s e a r c h u n i t away from t h e i n s i d e d i a m e t e r n o t c h u n t i l t h e i n d i c a t i o n

Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

MIL-STD-271F ND m 7 7 7 7 9 3 3 0 0 5 3 8 8 b 5 m NIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986 from t h i sn o t c hr e a p p e a r sa l o n gt h eh o r i z o n t a lt r a c e . Mark t h e s e two p o s i t i o n s on t h e f a c e of t h es c o p e . Scan u n t i l t h e n o t c h i n d i c a t i o n from t h e o u t s i d e diameter i s produced a t maximum amplitudebetweenthese twomarks. The amplitude of t h i s n o t c h i n d i c a t i o n s h a l l b e markedon t h ef a c eo ft h es c o p e . When t h e t e s t i n s t r u m e n ti n c o r p o r a t e sd i s t a n c e - a m p l i t u d ec o n t r o l s it is recommended t h a t t h e y be used where possible to equalize these indication amplitudes to forman ARL a t a minimum of 50 p e r c e n t o f f u l l s c r e e n h e i g h t . I f t h i s is n o tp o s s i b l e ,o r iftheinstrument i s not equipped with a distanceamplitudeconnectioncircuit, a distanceamplitudecurveshallbeconstructed on t h e s c r e e n w i t h t h e l o w e s t p o i n t a t a minimum of 20 p e r c e n t f u l l s c r e e n h e i g h t . Ringforgingswithwall t h i c k n e s s e s e x c e e d i n g 20 percent of their diameters cannot be inspected by c i r c u m f e r e n t i a l s h e a r wave scan where both inside and o u t s i d e n o t c h e s mustbe m o n i t o r e d .A l t e r n a t eu l t r a s o n i ci n s p e c t i o n methods f o rt h e s ef o r g i n g ss h a l lb e specified. 6 . 5 . 1 . 2 . 2T e s t , The r i n gs h a l lb ec o n t i n u o u s l ys c a n n e d and circumf e r e n t i a l l ys c a n n e df o rt h ee n t i r eo u t e rs u r f a c e .U n l e s so t h e r w i s es p e c i f i e d , t h e t e s t s h a l l beperformed i n two o p p o s i n gd i r e c t i o n s .S i z e and l o c a t i o n so f i n d i c a t i o n si ne x c e s so ft h a tr e c e i v e d from t h e c a l i b r a t i o n n o t c h e s i n a c c o r d a n c e w i t h t a b l e VI1 s h a l l be marked on t h e m a t e r i a l . wave t e s t s o fr i n gf o r g i n g s .

6 . 5 . 1 . 2 . 3 . 1 ,T e s tc a l i b r a t i o n ,l o n g i t u d i n a l wave. Sound transmission into the ring shall be confirmed by o b s e r v i n g t h e f i r s t back r e f l e c t i o n o b t a i n e d of t h ei n s t r u m e n ts h a l lb ea d j u s t e du n t i lt h e from t h e r i n g . S e n s i t i v i t y i n d i c a t i o n from t h e f l a t bottomedholeinthestandard i s 80 p e r c e n t of f u l l s c r e e nh e i g h t . The c a l i b r a t i o n s t a n d a r d s h a l l conform t ot h er e q u i r e m e n t so f table VI.

-

6 . 5 . 1 . 2 . 3 . 2T e s t i n g l o n g i t u d i n a l wave.The r i n gs h a l lb et e s t e du s i n g t h ec o n t i n u o u s method by d i r e c t i n g t h e sound beam r a d i a l l y and a x i a l l y . The a x i a l beam d i r e c t i o n s c a n s h a l l b e p e r f o r m e d when n o t r e s t r i c t e d by c o n f i g u r a t i o n o r geometryof t h em a t e r i a lu n d e rt e s t . The f i r s t back r e f l e c t i o n s h a l l b e p o s i t i o n e d on t h e s c r e e n t o v e r i f y sound transmission andany d e f e c t i n d i c a t i o n shall appear between the initial pulse and t h e f i r s t b a c k r e f l e c t i o n . 6.5.1.3 R e c t a n g u l afro r g i n g s . 6 . 5 . 1 . 3 . 1T e s tc a l i b r a t i o n l, o n g i t u d i n a l wave. Sound t r a n s m i s s i o ni n t o the forging shall be confirmed by o b s e r v i n g t h e f i r s t back r e f l e c t i o n o b t a i n e d from t h ef o r g i n g .S e n s i t i v i t yo ft h ei n s t r u m e n ts h a l lb ea d j u s t e du n t i lt h e i n d i c a t i o n from t h e s p e c i f i e d r e f e r e n c e c a l i b r a t i o n s t a n d a r d i s a t 80 p e r c e n t of f u l l s c r e e n h e i g h t . The r e f e r e n c e s t a n d a r d s h a l l conform t o t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s of table V I . 6 . 5 . 1 . 3 . 2T e s t i n g - l o n g i t u d i n a l wave. R e c t a n g u l a rf o r g i n g ss h a l lb e testedusingthecontinuousscanning methodon s u r f a c e s s u c h t h a t t h r e e m a j o r planesshallbecovered.Scanningwiththesound beam d i r e c t e d a x i a l l y s h a l l be performed when n o t r e s t r i c t e d by c o n f i g u r a t i o n o r g e o m e t r y o f t h e m a t e r i a l

46 Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

a --```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

6 . 5 . 1 . 2 . 3L o n g i t u d i n a l

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

FlIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986

under t e s t . The f i r s t back r e f l e c t i o n s h a l l b e p o s i t i o n e d on t h e s c r e e n t o v e r i f y sound t r a n s m i s s i o n .S u s p e c ta r e a sd i s c l o s e du n d e rt h e s ec o n d i t i o n s s h a l l befurtherevaluated from t h e s i d e o p p o s i t e t o t h a t which was o r i g i n a l l y i n s p e c t e d t o d e t e r m i n e maximum f l a w s i g n a l a m p l i t u d e . 6 . 5 . 1 . 4 Round and m u l t i s i d e df o r g e do rw r o u g h tb a r si n c l u d i n gd i s co r pancakeforgings. 6 . 5 . 1 . 4 . 1T e s tc a l i b r a t i o n l, o n g i t u d i n a l wave. Sound t r a n s m i s s i o ni n t o theforgingshallbeconfirmed by o b s e r v i n g t h e f i r s t back r e f l e c t i o n o b t a i n e d from t h e f o r g i n g . S e n s i t i v i t y of t h ei n s t r u m e n ts h a l lb ea d j u s t e du n t i lt h e i n d i c a t i o n from t h e s p e c i f i e d r e f e r e n c e c a l i b r a t i o n s t a n d a r d i s a t 80 p e r c e n t of f u l l screen. h e i g h t . The r e f e r e n c e s t a n d a r d s h a l l conform t ot h er e q u i r e m e n t s of table V I . 6 . 5 . 1 . 4 . 2T e s t i n g - l o n g i t u d i n a l wave.Each b a ro rf o r g i n gs h a l lb e t e s t e d u s i n g t h e continuous scanning methodon s u r f a c e s s u c h t h a t a l l m a j o r p l a n e ss h a l lb ec o v e r e d .F o rb a r s ,s c a n n i n g with t h e sound besm d i r e c t e d axially shall be performed only when s p e c i f i e d . 6 . 5 . 2P l a t e

a

and s h e e t .

6 . 5 . 2 . 1S u r f a c ep r e p a r a t i o n . The t e s t s u r f a c es h a l lb ef r e eo fa l l loose dirt, rust or any f o r e i g n s u b s t a n c e which may i n t e r f e r e w i t h t h e The s u r f a c e s may have one coat of primer. 6.5.2.2Shear wave t e s t i n gt e c h n i q u e .S h e a r performed only when s p e c i f i e d .

wave t e s t i n gs h a l l

test.

be

6 . 5 . 2 . 2 . 1T e s tc a l i b r a t i o n . When s p e c i f i e d ,s h e a r wave i n s p e c t i o ns h a l l beperformed t o a 3 - p e r c e n tn o t c hs e n s i t i v i t y .U s i n g any s u i t a b l e means, a calibration reference notch shall be formed i n t h e t e s t s u r f a c e o f t h e p l a t e b e i n gi n s p e c t e d or a c o u s t i c a l l y s i m i l . a r t e s t p i e c e . An a n g l e beam s e a r c h unit,capableoftransmitting a s h e a r wave a t anangleof 45 d e g r e e s i n t h e m a t e r i a lb e i n gt e s t e d , and a frequencyof2.25 MHz s h a l l beused.Theinstrument shall be adjusted to display signals from t h e r e f e r e n c e n o t c h s p e c i f i e d i n t a b l e V I 1 a to n e - h a l f and f u l l s k i p d i s t a n c e . The a m p l i t u d eo ft h er e f l e c t e ds i g n a l from t h e r e f e r e n c e s t a n d a r d a t t h e h a l f s k i p d i s t a n c e s h a l l b e a d j u s t e d t o 80 p e r c e n to ff u l ls c r e e nh e i g h t . The a m p l i t u d eo ft h es i g n a l from t h e r e f e r e n c e s t a n d a r da tf u l ls k i pd i s t a n c es h a l lb e markedon t h ev i e w i n gs c r e e n . A line s h a l l b e drawnfrom t h e peak s i g n a l a t h a l f s k i p t o t h e peaksignal a t f u l l s k i p d i s t a n c e . Flaws i n t h e p l a t e o r s h e e t b e i n g i n s p e c t e d s h a l l b e e v a l u a t e d t o t h e t e s t s e n s i t i v i t y as e s t a b l i s h e d by t h i s l i n e . TABLE VII.

C a l i b r a t i o nr e f e r e n c en o t c hd i m e n s i o n s o f s q u a r e and "U" bottom notch. 3 f 1/2 percent or0.005inch,whichever is greater

Depth (percentof thickness)

2 X depth(approximate) 1 i n c h (minimum)

Width Length 47 Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

N D m 79777311

MIL-STD-27LF ~

~~

~

~~~~

~

0059888 7

m -

~

NIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June1986

6 . 5 . 2 . 2 . 2G r i dt e s tp r o c e d u r e . When g r i ds h e a r wave t e s t i n g i s s p e c i f i e d , it s h a l l beperformed by scanningonemajorsurface i n two d i r e c t i o n s , c a u s i n g t h e sound beam t o t r a v e l p a r a l l e l t o and p e r p e n d i c u l a r t o t h e l o n g i t u d i n a l a x i s ordirectionofrolling of t h e p l a t e . I n t h e c a s e o fs q u a r ec r o s sr o l l e dp l a t e , moved i n p a r a l l e l p a t h s e i t h e r d i r e c t i o n is a c c e p t a b l e . The s e a r c h u n i t s h a l l b e on a 6 - i n c hg r i d .I fa ni n d i c a t i o n i s o b t a i n e d whichhasanamplitudeof 50 percentorgreater of t h a t e s t a b l i s h e d i n 6 . 5 . 2 . 2 . 1 , t h e a d j a c e n t a r e a s h a l l be scanned by the continuous scanning method s u f f i c i e n t l y t o e s t a b l i s h t h e s i z e and l o c a t i o n of t h e d i s c o n t i n u i t y . 6.5.2.2.3Continuousscanningprocedure. When continuousshear wave t e s t i n g i s s p e c i f i e d , it shallbeperformedbycontinuouslyscanningonemajor surfacecompletelyin two d i r e c t i o n s , c a u s i n g t h e s o u n d beam t o t r a v e l p a r a l l e l t o , and p e r p e n d i c u l a r t o t h e l o n g i t u d i n a l a x i s o r d i r e c t i o n o f r o l l i n g of t h e p l a t e . The s e a r c h u n i t s h a l l b e moved i np a r a l l e lp a t h st oa c c o m p l i s hc o n t i n u o u s scanninguntiltheentiredimension is traversed. 6 . 5 . 2 . 3L o n g i t u d i n a l

wave t e s t i n gt e c h n i q u e .

6 . 5 . 2 . 3 . 1T e s t i n gc a l i b r a t i o n . A - compressional wave s e a r c hu n i th a v i n g a dimensionof 1 i n c hs q u a r eo r 1 inchindiameter,operatingat a frequencyof 2.25 MHz, u n l e s s o t h e r w i s e s p e c i f i e d , s h a l l b e p l a c e d on a d e f e c t f r e e a r e a . (A d e f e c t f r e e a r e a i s definedasanarea whichhasbeenevaluated at the highest u l t r a s o n i cs e n s i t i v i t ya p p l i c a b l ef o rt h et e s t . ) The u l t r a s o n i ci n s t r u m e n tg a i n shall be adjusted to display the first back r e f l e c t i o n a t f u l l s c r e e n h e i g h t . This sensitivity level shall be used to evaluate the plate. 6.5.2.3.2

T e s t procedures.

6 . 5 . 2 . 3 . 2 . 1C o n t i n u o u s method.Continuousscan method t e s t i n gs h a l l 100 p e r c e n t , o n l y when s p e c i f i e d . performed by scanning one major surface

be

6 . 5 . 2 . 3 . 2 . 2S t a t i c method. T e s t i n gs h a l lb ep e r f o r m e d by i n t e r p r e t i n g thecathoderaytubepresentation when t h e s e a r c h u n i t h a s b e e n s t a t i c a l l y p l a c e da te a c hi n t e r s e c t i n gg r i dl i n e on o n em a j o rs u r f a c eo ft h ep l a t e . The gridpatternshallconsistof a maximum o f 2 - f o o t s q u a r e s f o r a l l p l a t e and s h e e to v e r 1 / 2 i n c h t o and i n c l u d i n g 2 - 1 / 2 i n c h e st h i c k .F o rp l a t e so v e r 2 - 1 / 2 i n c h e s ,t h eg r i dp a t t e r ns h a l lb e 8 i n c h e ss q u a r e .G r i dp a t t e r n sa s specifiedhereinshallprevailunlessmodified by t h e c o n t r a c t , o r d e r , o r m a t e r i a ls p e c i f i c a t i o n .I f a ni n d i c a t i o n i s o b t a i n e d ,t h ea d j a c e n ta r e as h a l l bescanned i n a 1 - f o o t r a d i u s c i r c l e by t h e c o n t i n u o u s method t o determine the e x t e n t andmagnitudeof the defective condition. 6 . 5 . 3P i p e s

and t u b e s

-

seamless.

6 . 5 . 3 . 1P i p e and t u b es h a l lb et e s t e d ,u s i n gt h ec o n t i n u o u ss c a n method f o rr a d i a lt y p ed i s c o n t i n u i t i e se x t e n d i n gl o n g i t u d i n a l l y .T r a n s v e r s ed i s c o n t i n u i t y t e s t s and a d d i t i o n a l c i r c u l a r t e s t s s h a l l beperformedonly when and a s s p e c i f i e d . When s p e c i f i c a l l yi n v o k e d ,6 . 4 . 1 . 1s h a l la p p l y .

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

48 Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

1 MIL-STD-273F

N D W 7779733 0 0 5 7 8 8 7 O W NIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986

6 . 5 . 3 . 2 T e s tC a l i b r a t i o n ,r a d i a ld e f e c t sd e t e c t i o n .S e l e c t a l e n g t h of pipeortubeofacousticallysimilarmaterial and t h e same nominal s i z e t o b e t e s t e df o ru s ea s a C a l i b r a t i o ns t a n d a r d .F o rc a l i b r a t i o ni nt e s t i n gf o rr a d i a l d e f e c t s , two n o t c h e s s h a l l b e c u t ; o n e on t h e i n s i d e s u r f a c e andone on t h e o u t s i d es u r f a c e as s p e c i f i e d i n 6 - 5 . 1 . 2 . 1 , The n o t c h e ss h a l lb el o c a t e da p p r o x i a mately € - 1 / 2 inches from oneendofsample.Thenotchshallbecutinsuch manner t h a t its s i d e s a r e smooth, r a d i a l and e x t e n d p a r a l l e l t o e a c h o t h e r a n d t ot h el o n g i t u d i n a la x i so ft h ep i p eo rt u b e .N a g n i t u d eo ft h ei n d i c a t i o nf o r the notches shall b e determined by d i r e c t i n g sound waves c i r c u m f e r e n t i a l l y t o w a r d thenotcheswiththesearchunitlocated at a suitable radial arc displacement u s i n ga tl e a s t one f u l l s k i p t e c h n i q u e where p o s s i b l e( s e ef i g u r e 7 ) . I f the i n d i c a t i o n s from t h e i n s i d e and o u t s i d e n o t c h e s a r e u n e q u a l , s m a l l a d j u s t m e n t s s h a l l b e made i n t h ea n g l eo fi n c i d e n c et oe q u a l i z et h e m .I ft h ei n d i c a t i o n s cannotbeequalized,thesmallerindicationshallbeusedasthebasisfor evaluation. 6 . 5 . 3 . 3 T e s t ,r a d i a ld e f e c t s . When t e s t i n gp i p e a n dt u b e s ,t h e ys h a l lb e set with their longitudinal axis in a h o r i z o n t a l p o s i t i o n onmotorizedrollers o r o t h e r s u i t a b l e mountingwhich s h a l l p e r m i t r o t a t i o n of t h e p i p e o r t u b e a b o u t t h e i rl o n g i t u d i n a la x i s .R o t a t i o ns h a l lb ec o n t r o l l e d a t a f a i r l y uniformspeed, depending upon t h e r e p e t i t i o n rates e s t a b l i s h e d f o r t h e t e s t u n i t b e i n g employed. I n any case, the p e r i p h e r a l s p e e d s h a l l n o t e x c e e d t h e maximum speed a t which the calibration standard is rotated for clear definite resolution of the notch b e i n gp r e s e n t e d . When t h e immersionmethod i s u s e d ,t h e t e s t c o n d i t i o n ss h a l l duplicate calibration conditions especially in regard to keeping the tube bore f i l l e do rd r yd u r i n g t e s t , I ng e n e r a l ,e x c l u d i n gt h ei m m e r s i o nf l u i d from t h e t u b eb o r ei m p r o v e st h er e p r o d u c i b i l i t yo ft e s tr e s u l t s .E a c hp i p es h a l lb e continuous ly scanned. 6.5.4

U l t r a s o n i ci n s p e c t i o n

of weldments.

6.5.4.1 S c o p e .T h i ss e c t i o nc o n t a i n st h e minimum r e q u i r e m e n t sf o rt h e inspection of structural butt, corner,and t e e welds t o i n s u r e j o i n t i n t e g r i t y a s r e q u i r e d by s p e c i f i c a t i o n s , c o n t r a c t s and a c q u i s i t i o n d o c u m e n t s . 6.5.4.2

General requirements.

6.5.4.2.1 S c a n n i n g .S c a n n i n gs h a l lb ea sr e q u i r e dt oi n s u r ec o m p l e t e c o v e r a g eo ft h ei n s p e c t i o nz o n e( s e ef i g u r e 7A). I ff u l lc o v e r a g e is not possible due to configuration, accessibility or base metal discontinuity, actualcoverageshallberecordedandthereasonnotedforincompletecoverage. 6.5.4.2.2 S u r f a c ef i n i s h . The s c a n n i n gs u r f a c e ss h a l lb e 250 r a or smootherand f r e e ofany f o r e i g n s u b s t a n c e w h i c h would i n t e r f e r e w i t h t h e t e s t . Velds may b ei n s p e c t e di nt h ea s - w e l d e dc o n d i t i o n ,p r o v i d e dt h er e q u i r e d t e s t s e n s i t i v i t y and i n s p e c t i o nc o v e r a g ec a nb em a i n t a i n e d . The w e l dr e i n f o r c e ment s h a l l b e ground f l u s h t o p r o v i d e a f l a t s u r f a c e when u l t r a s o n i c i n s p e c t i o n i s t o beaccomplished by scanning on t h e weldsurface. The t e s t s u r f a c e may have one coat of primer. 6.5.4.2.3 L i m i t a t i o n s . The r e q u i r e m e n t so ft h i ss e c t i o nw e r ed e v e l o p e d f o rt h ei n s p e c t i o no fw e l d e dj o i n t si ns h i ph u l ls t r u c t u r e s .T h e s ej o i n t s consistofbutt,cornerandteedesignin HY-80, HTS and a c o u s t i c a l l y s i m i l a r --```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

49 Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST "

MIL-STD-271F

N D m 7 7 9 7 9 3 3 0057890 7

r

~

NIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986 The u s eo ft h e s er e q u i r e m a t e r i a l sr a n g i n g from 1 / 2 t o 4 i n c h e si nt h i c k n e s s . m e n t so no t h e rt h i c k n e s s e sa n dj o i n td e s i g n ss h a l lb er e v i e w e df o ra p p l i c a b i l i t y of t e s t s e n s i t i v i t y and technique by theexamineranddemonstrated t o t h e NAVSEA authorizedrepresentative. 6 . 5 . 4 . 2 . 4R e f e r e n c ec a l i b r a t i o ns t a n d a r d s . 6 . 5 . 4 . 2 . 4 . 1 Buttwelds,cornerwelds and t e e w e l d s f o r d i s c o n t i n u i t i e s i n t o t h e t h r o u g h member. The c a l i b r a t i o ns t a n d a r d ss h a l lb ea c o u s t i c a l l y b e i n s p e c t e d , and s h a l l b e u l t r a s o n i c a l l y s o u n d . similar material a s t h a t t o They s h a l l b e c a p a b l e o f p r o v i d i n g c o n s t a n t r e f e r e n c e s e n s i t i v i t y l e v e l s f o r a l l a n g l e so fs e a r c h and i n s p e c t i o nd e p t h . The s t a n d a r d r e f l e c t i n g s u r f a c e s h a l l be a 3 / 6 4 - i n c hd i a m e t e rh o l ed r i l l e dt h r o u g h a 1-1/4inchwideblock. The s u r f a c e of t h e t e s t b l o c k s h a l l b e a p p r o x i m a t e l y 125 ra a s compared t o s u r f a c e f i n i s hs t a n d a r d s .S e ef i g u r e 9 f o r a t y p i c a lr e f e r e n c ec a l i b r a t i o ns t a n d a r d . 6 . 5 . 4 . 2 . 4 . 2D e t e c t i o no fl a c k of p e n e t r a t i o n i n f u l l p e n e t r a t i o n t e e welds. The c a l i b r a t i o ns t a n d a r ds h a l lb et h et h r o u g h member upon which t h e i n s p e c t i o n i s being performed. and cornerwelds.

6 . 5 . 4 . 3 . 1I n s t r u m e n t . T h ei n s t r u m e n ts h a l lh a v ec i r c u i t r yt op r o v i d e c o n t i n u o u s l yi n c r e a s i n ga m p l i f i c a t i o nw i t hr e s p e c tt o time. T h i sc i r c u i t r y compensatesforthesignallosseswithdepthas a r e s u l t ofsound beam divergence and i t s a t t e n u a t i o n i n m a t e r i a l .

a

6 . 5 . 4 . 3 . 2S e a r c hu n i t s . The maximum dimension of t h et r a n s d u c e ra c t i v e elementshallnotexceed 1 i n c h . The nominalfrequencyshouldnotbe less t h a n2 . 0 MHz. The t r a n s d u c e r su s e df o rs h e a r wave t e s t s s h a l l b e a f f i x e d t o s u i t a b l e wedge d e s i g n e d t o i n d u c e s h e a r waves i n t h e m a t e r i a l u n d e r t e s t a t t h ed e s i r e da n g l e s . The i n s p e c t i o na n g l es h a l lb es e l e c t e du s i n gt h ep l a t e t h i c k n e s s as t h e p r i m a r y c o n s i d e r a t i o n a s f o l l o w s :

a

( a )F o rp l a t et h i c k n e s s e s 1 / 2 i n c ht o ,b u tn o ti n c l u d i n g , 1-1/2 i n c h e s : a 60- t o 70-degreeshear wave. ( b )F o rp l a t et h i c k n e s s e s 1 - 1 / 2 i n c h e st o ,b u tn o ti n c l u d i n g , 2-1/2 i n c h e s : a 45- t o 60-degreeshear wave. ( c )F o rp l a t et h i c k n e s s e s 2-1/2 inchesandover, a 45-degreeshear wave. S e a r c h u n i t s w i t h beam a n g l e s o t h e r t h a n t h o s e l i s t e d may be used t o complement the required search units for the detection and e v a l u a t i o n o f d i s c o n t i n u i t i e s .

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

6 . 5 . 4 . 3S p e c i f i cr e q u i r e m e n t sf o rb u t t

c

6 . 5 . 4 . 3 . 3C a l i b r a t i o n . The instrumentrange and d e l a yc o n t r o l ss h a l lb e adjusted to display signals from t h e r e f e r e n c e c a l i b r a t i o n h o l e s on the viewing s c r e e nf o rt h er a n g eo fd e p t h st ob ei n s p e c t e d . The a t t e n u a t i o n - c o r r e c t i o n c o n t r o l s s h a l l be a d j u s t e d t o compensate f o r t h e s i g n a l l o s s e s d u e t o d e p t h .

L welds. When a d e c i b e lc o n t r o l i s u s e d ,t h ei n s t r u m e n t 6 . 5 . 4 . 3 . 3 . 1C l a s s gainshallbeadjusted t o peak a l l s i g n a l s from t h e r e f e r e n c e c a l i b r a t i o n h o l e s withintherange of t h e t e s t a t a minimum of 20 p e r c e n t o f f u l l s c r e e n h e i g h t . The corresponding depth and location of t h e peaked s i g n a l s from t h e r e f e r e n c e 50 Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

m

IfIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June1986 calibration standard shall be marked a l o n g t h e b a s e l i n e o f t h e v i e w i n g s c r e e n . The g a i ns h a l lb ei n c r e a s e d by 1 2 dB. A t t h i s g a i n s e t t i n g , t h e l i n e e s t a b l i s h e d i s t h e DRL and t h e ARL i s by t h e o r i g i n a l s i g n a l h e i g h t on t h e v i e w i n g s c r e e n 1 2 dB above t h i s l i n e . F o re v a l u a t i o no fi n d i c a t i o n sa b o v et h e DRL, t h e dB c o n t r o l i s u s e d( s e ef i g u r e 1 0 ) . When a dB c o n t r o l i s n o tu s e d ,t h ei n s t r u m e n t g a i n s h a l l be a d j u s t e d t o peak a l l s i g n a l s w i t h i n t h e r a n g e of t e s t a t a minimum of 80 p e r c e n t o f f u l l screen. The correspondingdepthandlocationofthepeaked s i g n a l s from t h e r e f e r e n c e c a l i b r a t i o n s t a n d a r d s h a l l b e marked a l o n g t h e b a s e l i n eo ft h ev i e w i n gs c r e e n . The s c r e e n s h a l l b e d i v i d e d by two h o r i z o n t a l l i n e s at 2 0 p e r c e n t( t h e DRL) and 80 p e r c e n t( t h e ARL) of f u l l s c r e e n h e i g h t ( s e e f fgure 1 1 )

.

I-

6.5.4.3.3.2 C l a s s I I and III welds. When a dB c o n t r o l i s u s e d ;t h e instrument gain shall be adjusted to peak a l l s i g n a l s from t h e r e f e r e n c e calibration holes within the range of test a t a minimum of 4 0 p e r c e n t o f f u l l s c r e e nh e i g h t . Thecorrespondingdepthandlocationofthepeakedsignals from the reference calibration standard shall be marked a l o n g t h e b a s e l i n e o f t h e viewingscreen. The g a i ns h a l lb ei n c r e a s e d 6 dB. A t t h i sg a i ns e t t i n g ,t h e 40 percentlineontheviewingscreen i s t h e DRL, and t h e ARL i s 6 dB above t h i s l i n e . F o re v a l u a t i o no fi n d i c a t i o n sa b o v et h e DRL, t h e dB c o n t r o l i s used. When a d e c i b e l c o n t r o l is n o t u s e d , t h e i n s t r u m e n t g a i n s h a l l b e a d j u s t e d t o peak a l l s i g n a l s w i t h i n t h e r a n g e of t e s t a t a minimum of 8 0 p e r c e n t o f f u l l s c r e e n . The correspondingdepthandlocation of t h e peaked s i g n a l s from t h e r e f e r e n c e C a l i b r a t i o n s t a n d a r d s h a l l be marked a l o n g t h e b a s e l i n e o f t h e viewingscreen.Thescreenshallbedivided bytwo horizontallinesat 40 perc e n t ( t h e DRL) and 80 p e r c e n t ( t h e ARL) of f u l l s c r e e n h e i g h t . 6.5.4.3.4 Procedure. The e n t i r e weldvolume(excludingtheweldreinforcement)andheataffectedzone (up t o 1 / 2 inchofbasematerialmeasuredfromeach weld t o e ) i s t h e i n s p e c t i o n z o n e a n d s h a l l be scanned with shear waves by d i r e c t i n g t h e sound beam t o w a r d , o r a c r o s s , a n d a l o n g t h e w e l d a x i s . 6.5.4.3.4.1 L o n g i t u d i n adl i s c o n t i n u i t i e s . To d e t e clto n g i t u d i n a l discontinuities, the axis of the sound beam s h a l l t r a v e r s e t h e i n s p e c t i o n z o n e i n two o p p o s i n gd i r e c t i o n s( s e ef i g u r e 1 2 ) . Forweldswheretwo-directional s c a n n i n g i s i m p r a c t i c a b l e , a minimum o f o n e - d i r e c t i o n s c a n n i n g may beapproved by t h e examineron a c a s e b a s i s . The s e a r c h u n i t s h a l l b e o s c i l l a t e d t o t h e l e f t and r i g h t w i t h anincludedangleofapproximately 30 d e g r e e s i n a r a d i a l motion while continuously scanning perpendicularly toward and away from t h e w e l d . 6.5.4.3.4.2 T r a n s v e r s ed i s c o n t i n u i t i e s . To d e t e c t r a n s v e r s ed i s c o n t i n u i t i e s f o r weldsnotgroundflush,the sound u n i t s h a l l beplacedon the b a s e m e t a l s u r f a c e a t t h e weldedge. The sound beam s h a l l b e d i r e c t e d by a n g l i n g t h e search unit approxima-tely 15 degreestowardtheweld from t h e l o n g i t u d i n a l w e l d a x i s .S c a n n i n gs h a l lb ep e r f o r m e d by moving t h e s e a r c h u n i t a l o n g t h e w e l d e d g e from b o t h s i d e s on o n es u r f a c e andfromtwo o p p o s i n gd i r e c t i o n s . To d e t e c t t r a n s v e r s ed i s c o n t i n u i t i e sf o rw e l d sg r o u n df l u s h ,t h es e a r c hu n i ts h a l lb e oscillated to the left and r i g h t , w i t h a n i n c l u d e d a n g l e o f a p p r o x i m a t e l y 30 degrees in a radialmotion,whilescanningalongthetop of t h e weldfromtwo o p p o s i n gd i r e c t i o n s .I ft h e w e l dw i d t he x c e e d st h ew i d t ho ft h et r a n s d u c e r , continuousscanningshallbeperformed.

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

51 Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

MIL-STD-273F N D W 7 7 7 7 7 3 3 0 0 5 7 8 9 2 O W ~~

PiIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986

6.5.4.3.4.3 Compressional wave. I fc o m p r e s s i o n a l wave t e s t i n g i s employed, c a l i b r a t i o ns h a l lb ea c c o m p l i s h e d i n accordancewith 6 . 5 . 4 . 3 . 3 . The weld s h a l l bescannedcontinuously. 6.5.4.3.4.4 D i s c o n t i n u i t ye v a l u a t i o n .I fd i s c o n t i n u i t i e s are d e t e c t e d , t h e sound beam s h a l l b e d i r e c t e d t o maximize t h e s i g n a l a m p l i t u d e . To determine thelengthof a d i s c o n t i n u i t y , t h e search u n i t s h a l l be moved p a r a l l e l t o t h e discontinuity axis in both directions from t h e p o s i t i o n o f maximum s i g n a l amplitude. One h a l f the amplitude from a p o i n t where t h e d i s c o n t i n u i t y s i g n a l drops rapidly to the baseline shall be defined as t h e e x t r e m i t y o f t h e d i s c o n t i n u i t y . A t t h i sp o i n t ,t h es c a n n i n gs u r f a c e is marked a t t h e p o s i t i o n i n d i c a t e d by t h e c e n t e r of t h et r a n s d u c e r .T h i ss h a l lb er e p e a t e dt od e t e r m i n et h eo t h e r e x t r e m i t y . When t h e h a l f a m p l i t u d e s i g n a l from t h e end of t h e d i s c o n t i n u i t y a s determined by t h i s method i s below t h e DRL, t h e end o f t h e d i s c o n t i n u i t y s h a l l b ed e f i n e d where t h e s i g n a l c r o s s e s 20 p e r c e n t o f f u l l s c r e e n h e i g h t . The l e n g t h of t h e d i s c o n t i n u i t y s h a l l be d e f i n e d as t h e d i s t a n c e between t h e s e two marks. The maximum s i g n a l a m p l i t u d e , l e n g t h , d e p t h , and p o s i t i o n w i t h i n t h e i n s p e c t i o n zoneshallbedetermined and r e p o r t e d f o r d i s c o n t i n u i t i e s y i e l d i n g a signal amplitudeequaltoorexceedingthe DRL. 6.5.4.4

S p e c i f i cr e q u i r e m e n t sf o rw e l d so f

tee joints.

6.5.4.4.1.1 S e a r c hu n i t s . The s i z e o ft h et r a n s d u c e ru s e df o ri n s p e c t i o n s h a l l b e 3 / 4 inchdiameter maximum; however, i t s h a l l n o t e x c e e d t h e t h i c k n e s s of t h ea t t a c h m e n t member. The i n s p e c t i o nf r e q u e n c ys h a l lb e a minimum of 2 . 0 NHz

.

6.5.4.4.1.2 C a l i b r a t i o n . The instrumentrange and d e l a yc o n t r o l ss h a l l be adjusted to discriminate and i n d i c a t e s i g n a l s on t h e v i e w i n g s c r e e n from t h ei n s p e c t i o nz o n e . Thesweep l i n e s h a l l bemarked i n d i c a t i n gt h r o u g h member p l a t et h i c k n e s s minus 1 / 8 i n c h and p l a t et h i c k n e s sp l u s 1 / 4 i n c h . The instrument g a i n s h a l l be a d j u s t e d t o p e a k t h e f i r s t back r e f l e c t i o n from t h e p l a t e a d j a c e n t t o t h e weld a t l e a s t c n c e e a c h f o o t a l o n g t h e l e n g t h of t h e weld as s p e c i f i e d h e r e a f t e r . When a dB c o n t r o l i s u s e d ,t h ei n s t r u m e n ts h a l lb ea d j u s t e dt op e a k t h e f i r s t back r e f l e c t i o n a t a minimum of 20 p e r c e n t of f u l l s c r e e n . The g a i n A t t h i ss e t t i n g ,t h e2 0 - p e r c e n tl i n e on t h es c r e e n i s s h a l lb ei n c r e a s e d 12dB. t h e DRL, and t h e ARL i s 10 dB above t h i s l i n e ( s e e f i g u r e 1 4 ) . When a dB c o n t r o l is notused,theviewingscreenshallbedividedintothreezoneswithhorizontal l i n e s a t 20 p e r c e n t ( t h e DRL) and 65 p e r c e n t ( t h e ARL) of f u l l s c r e e n h e i g h t . The i n s t r u m e n t g a i n c o n t r o l s h a l l b e a d j u s t e d so t h a t t h e peak of the first back r e f l e c t i o n c o i n c i d e s w i t h t h e 80 p e r c e n t l i n e (see f i g u r e s 14 and 1 5 ) .

52 Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

6.5.4.4.1 Detectionoflackofpenetrationinfullpenetration t e e welds. Thissectionspecifiestheprocedurestobeusedfortheultrasonicinspection of t e e w e l d s f o r d i s c o n t i n u i t i e s i n t h e r o o t area. The d e p t ho ft h ei n s p e c t i o n zoneshallbelimitedtothrough member p l a t e t h i c k n e s s p l u s 1 / 4 inch minus 1 / 8 i n c h . The w i d t ho ft h ei n s p e c t i o nz o n es h a l lb el i m i t e dt ot h et h i c k n e s so f t h ea t t a c h m e n t member ( s e ef i g u r e 1 3 ) . The i n s p e c t i o ns h a l l employ t h ep u l s e echocompressional wave t e s t i n g t e c h n i q u e .

NIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986

6.5.4.4.1.3 Procedure. The w i d t ho ft h ei n s p e c t i o nz o n es h a l lb el o c a t e d andmarked on t h e t e s t s u r f a c e d e t e r m i x e d by u l t r a s o n i c o r m e c h a n i c a l means. Theweld s h a l l b e c o n t i n u o u s l y s c a n n e d w i t h i n t h e w i d t h o f t h e i n s p e c t i o n z o n e (see f i g u r e 1 3 ) . I f a d i s c o n t i n u i t y i s l o c a t e d ,t h e equipmentgainshallbe r e c a l i b r a t e do nt h et h r o u g h member p l a t e a d j a c e n t t o t h e d i s c o n t i n u i t y . The search unit shall then be positioned to maximize t h e d i s c o n t i n u i t y s i g n a l . To d e t e r m i n e t h e l e n g t h o f a discontinuity, the search unit shall be moved along t h e a x i s of t h e d i s c o n t i n u i t y i n one d i r e c t i o n from t h e p o s i t i o n o f maximum s i g n a la m p l i t u d e . When theamplitudedrops below t h e DRL, t h es c a n n i n gs u r f a c e s h a l l b e marked a t t h e p o s i t i o n i n d i c a t e d by t h e c e n t e r of t h e s e a r c h u n i t . T h i ss h a l lb eo n ee x t r e m i t yo ft h ed i s c o n t i n u i t y . The p r o c e s s s h a l l b e r e p e a t e d t od e t e r m i n et h eo t h e re x t r e m i t y . The l e n g t h o f t h e d i s c o n t i n u i t y s h a l l b e t h e d i s t a n c e between t h e s e two marks. The maximum s i g n a la m p l i t u d e andlength’of discontinuitieswithintheinspectionzoneshallbedeterminedandreportedfor d i s c o n t i n u i t i e s y i e l d i n g a signalamplitudeequaltoorexceedingthe DRL. 6.5.4.4.2 D e t e c t i o no fd i s c o n t i n u i t i e si n t ot h et h r o u g h member. T h i s section specifies the ultrasonic inspection procedure to be used for the d e t e c t i o n of d i s c o n t i n u i t i e s e x t e n d i n g i n t o t h e t h r o u g h member of f u l l and partial penetration tee welds. 6.5.4.4.2.1 Inspectionzone. The d e p t ho ft h ei n s p e c t i o nz o n es h a l lb e from t h e t h r o u g h member s u r f a c e i n t o t h e t h r o u g h member 1 / 4 i n c h i n c l u s i v e . The d e p t h o f t h e i n s p e c t i o n z o n e s h a l l b e e x p a n d e d t o d e t e r m i n e t h e maximum d e p t ho fd i s c o n t i n u i t i e se x t e n d i n gi n t ot h et h r o u g h member.The w i d t ho ft h e inspectionzoneshallbelimitedtothethicknessoftheattachment member p l u st h ef i l l e tr e i n f o r c e m e n t( s e ef i g u r e1 7 ) .I ft h ep a r t i c u l a rc o n f i g u r a t i o n t o beinspected i s n o t d i s c u s s e d i n t h e s t a n d a r d , a method shouldbeusedwhich assuresthatcompletecoverageoftheinspectionzone w i l l beobtained.

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

6.5.4.4.2.2 S e a r c hu n i t s . The diameter or l e n g t ho rw i d t ho ft h e t r a n s d u c e rs h a l ln o te x c e e d 1 inch. The f r e q u e n c ys h a l ln o tb el e s st h a n2 . 0 MHz. The t r a n s d u c e r su s e df o rs h e a r wave t e s t s s h a l l b e a f f i x e d t o s u i t a b l e wedges designed t o i n d u c e s h e a r waves i n t h e m a t e r i a l u n d e r test a t a s p e c i f i c a n g l e from 45 t o and i n c l u d i n g 60 degrees.Supplemental beam a n g l e s may be used for the detection and evaluation of discontinuities. 6.5.4.4.2.3 C a l i b r a t i o n . The i n s t r u m e n tr a n g ea n dd e l a yc o n t r o l ss h a l l beadjustedtodfscriminate and i n d i c a t e s i g n a l s on t h e v i e w i n g s c r e e n from t h e d e p t h of t h ei n s p e c t i o nz o n e . The i n s t r u m e n t g a i n s h a l l b e a d j u s t e d t o peak the signal from t h e c a l i b r a t i o n h o l e a t a minimum of 20 p e r c e n t o f f u l l s c r e e nh e i g h t . The g a i ns h a l lt h e nb ei n c r e a s e d by 12 dB. A t t h i s s e t t i n g , t h e l i n e e s t a b l i s h e d by t h e o r i g i n a l s i g n a l h e i g h t on t h e v i e w i n g s c r e e n is t h e DRL and t h e ARL i s 12 dB above t h i s l i n e . When a dB c o n t r o l i s notused, the i n s t r u m e n t g a i n s h a l l b e a d j u s t e d t o peak t h e s i g n a l from t h e c a l i b r a t i o n h o l e t h a t i s n o t more t h a n p l u s o r minus 1 / 4 i n c h from t h e t h r o u g h member t h i c k n e s s t o a minimum of 80 p e r c e n t o f f u l l s c r e e n . The correspondingdepth andlocationofthepeakedsignals from t h e r e f e r e n c e c a l i b r a t i o n s t a n d a r d s h a l l b e marked a l o n g t h e b a s e l i n e o f t h e v i e w i n g s c r e e n . The s c r e e n s h a l l b e d i v i d e d by two h o r i z o n t a l l i n e s a t 20 p e r c e n t . ( t h e DRL) and 80 p e r c e n t ( t h e ARL) of f u l l s c r e e n h e i g h t .

Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

NIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986 6.5.4.4.2.4 Procedure.Shear wave s c a n n i n gf o rd i s c o n t i n u i t i e si n t ot h e through member i n any t e e weld c o n f i g u r a t i o n s h a l l b e p e r f o r m e d a s shownon f i g u r e 16whenever t h e s u r f a c e o p p o s i t e t h e a t t a c h m e n t member is a c c e s s i b l e , Ifthesurfaceoppositethe weld i s n o t a c c e s s i b l e and t h e s i d e a d j a c e n t is a c c e s s i b l e ,t h es c a n n i n gs h a l lb ea c c o m p l i s h e da s shown on f i g u r e 1 7 : however t h e r e s h a l l b e no a t t a c h m e n t s i n t h e a r e a w h e r e t h e r e f l e c t i o n of t h e wave o c c u r s .C o v e r a g ei ne a c hd i r e c t i o n , as. i l l u s t r a t e d on f i g u r e s 16 and 1 7 , s h a l l befrom t h e n e a r e s t t o e o f t h e weld t o beyond t h e c e n t e r of t h e w e l d , t h u s avoidingthenecessity of i n t e r p r e t i n g i n d i c a t i o n s from t h e s u r f a c e of t h e f a r f i l l e t . The s h e a r wave s e a r c h u n i t s h a l l b e p l a c e d on t h es c a n n i n gs u r f a c e and d i r e c t e dt o w a r dt h ep a r t i c u l a ri n s p e c t i o nz o n e . The s e a r c h u n i t s h a l l b e oscillated to the left and right with an included angle of approximately 30 d e g r e e s i n a radial motion while scanning perpendicularly toward the inspection zone. The i n s p e c t i o nz o n e sa r es p e c i f i e di n 6.5.4.4.2.1. Continuousscanning s h a l lb eu s e d . When any i n d i c a t i o n i s noted from a d i s c o n t i n u i t y w i t h i n t h e inspectionzone,thesound beam s h a l l b e d i r e c t e d t o maximize t h e i n d i c a t i o n . The maximum s i g n a l a m p l i t u d e , l e n g t h , d e p t h , and p o s i t i o n s h a l l b e d e t e r m i n e d and r e p o r t e d f o r d i s c o n t i n u i t i e s y i e l d i n g a signalamplitudeequalto,or exceeding,the DRL. The l e n g t ho fd i s c o n t i n u i t i e ss h a l lb ed e t e r m i n e di n accordancewith 6 . 5 . 4 . 4 . 1 . 3 . The recordeddepthof a d i s c o n t i n u i t y s h a l l be from t h e t h e minimum and maximum p e r p e n d i c u l a r d i s t a n c e s o f t h e d i s c o n t i n u i t y through member surface.Thisshouldbedeterminedinthefollowingmanner: ( a ) Maximize t h ei n d i c a t i o n from t h ed i s c o n t i n u i t y . ( b )F o rd i s c o n t i n u i t i e se x t e n d i n gt o a s u r f a c e , move t h es e a r c h unittowardthediscontinuity and r e c o r d t h e d e p t h from t h e v i e w i n g s c r e e n a t which t h e i n d i c a t i o n b e g i n s t o d r o p r a p i d l y towardthebaseline. ( c )I na d d i t i o n ,f o rd i s c o n t i n u i t i e s whichdo n o te x t e n dt ot h e s u r f a c e ,r e p e a tt h ea b o v e and move t h e s e a r c h u n i t away from the discontinuity t o determinetheother limit of depth a t t h e pointwheretheindicationagainbeginstodroprapidly toward the base line. 6.5.4.5 R e c o r do fi n s p e c t i o nr e s u l t s . The r e c o r dd a t as h e e tf o ri n s p e c t i o n r e s u l t s ofwelds s h a l l c o n t a i n a s a minimum t h e f o l l o w i n g i n f o r m a t i o n ( f o r suggestedformsseefigure 18): Ship/ item i d e n t i f i c a t i o n . L o c a t i o n( f r a m e ,s i d eo fs h i p , and s o f o r t h ) . Type o f m a t e r i a l . Thickness of m a t e r i a l . Jointidentification. Type ofweld j o i n t (weld design). Weld l e n g t h i n s p e c t e d . Operationalprocedureidentification. Equipment u s e d f o r i n s p e c t i o n ( i n s t r u m e n t and s e a r c h u n i t ) . Reference block identification. Discontinuitiesthatexceedthe DRL. Acceptance or rejection.

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

54 Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

MIL-STD-273F

ND

m 7777733 0057875

b W

PlIL-STD-Z71F(SH) 27 June1986

(m) S i g n a t u r e of i n s p e c t i o np e r s o n n e l . (n) Date. (o) I fs u p p l e m e n t a lu l t r a s o n i ci n s p e c t i o nt e c h n i q u e sa r eu s e dt h a t contributetothefinalinspectionresults,theyshallbe recorded. 6.6 Thickness measurements. 6 . 6 . 1S c o p e .V a r i a t i o n si nw a l lt h i c k n e s s may bemeasuredby either pulse-echoinstruments o r resonantfrequencyinstruments,whichhavebeen qualified in accordance with 6.4.1.2. 6 . 6 . 2C a l i b r a t i o n . The i n s t r u m e n ts h a l lb ec a l i b r a t e d on a standardof t h e same b a s i c m a t e r i a l a s t h a t b e i n g i n s p e c t e d , u s i n g t h e minimum a c c e p t a b l e wall t h i c k n e s s o r t h i c k n e s s e s a b o v e andbélow t h e minimum a c c e p t a b l e wall thickness (flat standards may b e u s e d f o r p i p e and t u b i n g 3 / 4 - i n c h nominal. d i a m e t e r and o v e r ) . The i n s t r u m e n t s h a l l b e c a l i b r a t e d p r i o r t o e a c h u s e o r a f t e r any i n t e r r u p t i o n i n power supply. 6 . 6 . 3 Method. The number a n dl o c a t i o no fu l t r a s o n i ct h i c k n e s sm e a s u r e m e n t s takenshallbeasspecifiedintheapplicablematerialspecification,fabrication document o r work authorizationdocument.Measurements may be made manuallyor byautomatedequipment t h a t meets t h e r e q u i r e m e n t s o f 6 . 4 . 1 . 1 and 6 . 4 . 1 . 3 .

6.J

Bonding.

6 . 7 . 1S c o p e .T h i ss u b s e c t i o no n l yd e s c r i b e st h er e q u i r e m e n t sf o rt h e ultrasonic inspection of the bond o f w e l d d e p o s i t e d o v e r l a y c l a d d i n g t o b a s e m a t e r i a l .S p e c i f i cr e q u i r e m e n t sd u et os p e c i a ls h a p e so fm a n u f a c t u r i n g processesshallbeasspecifiedintheappropriatespecifications. 6 . 7 . 1 . 1 Method. I n s p e c t i o n of t h e bond o fw e l dd e p o s i t e do v e r l a yc l a d d i n g The t r a n s d u c e r may b e f i t t e d t o b a s e material s h a l lb eb yt h ec o n t a c tm e t h o d . w i t ha p p r o p r i a t es h o e s ,w e d g e s ,o rs a d d l e sf o rt e s t i n g o nc u r v e ds u r f a c e so ra t desired angles. 6 . 7 . 2T r a n s d u c e r s .T r a n s d u c e r ss h a l ln o tb el a r g e rt h a n 1 i n c hs q u a r e 1 0 . 0 MHz. o r1 - 1 / 8i n c hd i a m e t e r , and s h a l l o p e r a t e w i t h i n a r a n g e . o f2 . 2 5t o 6 . 7 . 3C a l i b r a t i o n of t e s t equipment.Calibration of u l t r a s o n i c t e s t equipment s h a l l b e p e r f o r m e d on a r e f e r e n c e c a l i b r a t i o n b l o c k t o e s t a b l i s h a d e q u a t es e n s i t i v i t yf o rt e s t i n g . The c a l i b r a t i o nb l o c k ss h a l l meet t h e s u r f a c e f i n i s hr e q u i r e m e n t s of 6 . 2 . 2 . The c a l i b r a t i o n b l o c k s s h a l l b e p r e p a r e d byweld depositedcladding,pads,orbutteringonto a b l o c ko ft h e same S-number b a s e material a st h ep r o d u ç t i o np a r t( S - 1a n d S-3 a r ec o n s i d e r e de q u i v a l e n t ) . The weld deposited metal used mustbe of t h e sameA-number a s t h a t on t h e p r o d u c t i o n p a r t t o b e examined and may bedeposited by anyapprovedweldingprocess.In a d d i t i o n ,t h ef o l l o w i n gr e q u i r e m e n t si n( a )t h r o u g h( f )s h a l lb e met ( t h e S numbers andA-numbers f o r b a s e m e t a l andweldmetalaredefinedin MIL-STD-278):

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

55 Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

?lIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986 (a)

The m i c r o i n c hs u r f a c ef i n i s h of t h e c a l i b r a t i o n b l o c k s h a l l be equal to or greater than the production part to beinspected. (b) The c a l i b r a t i o nb l o c kb a s em a t e r i a ls h a l lb ee q u a li nt h i c k n e s s totheproductionpartbasematerialexceptthat,forthicknesses exceeding 1 i n c h , t h e c a l i b r a t i o n b l o c k b a s e m a t e r i a l may be 1 inch or g r e a t e r .F o rw e l d i n gl a r g ef l a t , o r e s s e n t i a l l yf l a t s u r f a c e s , a 6 - i n c h s q u a r e s h a l l be t h e minimum a c c e p t a b l e calibration block. ( c ) The w e l dm e t a lt h i c k n e s so ft h ec a l i b r a t i o nb l o c ks h a l lb e withinplusor minus 25 p e r c e n t o f t h a t on t h e p r o d u c t i o n p a r t . ( d )T h et r a n s d u c e rc o n t a c ta r e a of t h e p r o d u c t i o n p a r t s h a l l b e equal to or greater than the transducer contact area on t h e calibration block. ( e )F o rc o n v e xp r o d u c t i o ns u r f a c e s ,t h ec a l i b r a t i o nb l o c ks h a l l beconvexwith a radiusofcurvatureequaltoor less t h a n t h e production surface to be examined. ( f )F o r c o n c a v ep r o d u c t i o ns u r f a c e s ,t h ec a l i b r a t i o nb l o c k may be f l a t o r concavewith a r a d i u s o f c u r v a t u r e e q u a l t o or greater than the production surface to be examined. (9) An a r e ao ft h eb l o c ka p p r o x i m a t e l y 2 i n c h e ss q u a r es h a l lh a v e t h eb a c k i n gm a t e r i a l removed, l e a v i n go n l yt h ec l a d d i n g . An u l t r a s o n i c t h i c k n e s s measurement a t 2.25 MHz s h a l l b e e s t a b l i s h e d i nt h i sa r e a ,r e p r e s e n t i n g unbond. The t h i c k n e s sp a t t e r n obtainedintheareaofintegralcladding and b a s e m a t e r i a l s h a l l r e p r e s e n t good bondand t h e f i r s t c l e a r l y v i s i b l e r e f l e c t i o n from t h e o p p o s i t e s i d e of t h e b l o c k s h a l l n o t exceed f u l l s c r e e n a m p l i t u d e .C a l i b r a t i o ns h a l lb eo b t a i n e dw i t ht h es e a r c hu n i t moving across t h e s u r f a c e a t a p p r o x i m a t e l y t h e same speedas t h a t t o beusedduringtheinspection. 6 . 7 . 4 Scanning.Scanningshallbeperformedmanuallyorautomatically a d i r e c t e d p a t h o r bymoving t h e m a t e r i a l i n a by moving t h e s e a r c h u n i t i n directedpathwiththesearchunitstationary.Scanningshallbeperformed at a uniform r a t e of s p e e d d e t e r m i n e d d u r i n g c a l i b r a t i o n , s o t h a t any i n d i c a t i o n relative to the quality of the material shall bedetected. 6.7.4.1 C o n t i n u o u ss c a n n i n g U . n l e s so t h e r w i s es p e c i f i e di nt h ea p p r o p r i a t es p e c i f i c a t i o n s ,t h ec o n t i n u o u ss c a n n i n gp r o c e d u r es h a l lb ef o l l o w e d . A l l t e s t i n g s h a l l be performed with the search unit in contact with the clad s u r f a c e . Sound t r a n s m i s s i o n i n t o t h e b a s e m a t e r i a l s h a l l beconfirmed by observingthecompositethicknesspattern as o b t a i n e d from t h e good bond a r e a of t h ec a l i b r a t i o nb l o c k . When t h e back r e f l e c t i o n i s l o s t due t o n o n p a r a l l e l surfacesofthebase materials, t r a n s m i s s i o n s h a l l b e c o n f i r m e d by t h e t e s t specified in 6 . 7 . 4 . 3 . 6.7.4.2 I n t e r m i t t e n ts c a n n i n g .S c a n n i n gs h a l lb ep e r f o r m e da l o n gs p e c i a l p a t h s o r on g r i d l i n e s . The d i s t a n c e between p a t h s o r l i n e s s h a l l b e fied in the appropriate specification when t h e method i s r e q u i r e d .

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

S6

Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

-.

- .

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

as s p e c i -

r

m

MIL-STD-271F N D 9 77777LL 0 0 5 7 8 7 7 T NIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986

6 . 7 . 4 . 3C a l i b r a t i o nf o ru l t r a s o n i ct e s t i n go fn o n p a r a l l e ls u r f a c e s . Testequipmentshallbecalibratedwiththe same c a l i b r a t i o n b l o c k a s s p e c i f i e d i n6 . 7 . 3 . The t h i c k n e s sp a t t e r ns h a l lb eo b s e r v e d by s c a n n i n go v e rt h ec l a d s u r f a c e where the backing material has been removed, and the equipment shall be s e t t o d e m o n s t r a t e a f u l ls c r e e nb a c kr e f l e c t i o n .U s i n gt h e s es e t t i n g s ,t h e operatorshallscanoverthecompositethicknessofthecladdingandthebacking material a n d n o t e t h e n o r m a l b a c k r e f l e c t i o n from t h e good bond. 6 . 7 . 4 . 4C o n t i n u o u ss c a n n i n go fn o n p a r a l l e sl u r f a c e U . n l e s so t h e r w i s e test surface specified i n theapplicablespecifications,eachpassacrossthe s h a l l o v e r l a p 25 p e r c e n t o f t h e p r e v i o u s p a s s u n t i l t h e e n t i r e s u r f a c e h a s beenscanned. The equipment s e t t i n g s e s t a b l i s h e d i n 6 . 7 . 4 . 3 c a l i b r a t i o n s h a l l be used. 6.7.5Marking. When an i n d i c a t i o ni ne x c e s so fa c c e p t a n c es t a n d a r d s occurs,thematerialshallbeappropriately marked. 6 . 7 . 6 Flaw p l o t t i n g . Each d e f e c ts h a l lb ee x p l o r e du l t r a s o n i c a l l yt o determine i t s s i z e . T h ee d g eo ft h ed e f e c ts h a l lb ed e t e r m i n e d by moving t h e search unit toward the defect and n o t i n g t h e p o s i t i o n o f t h e l e a d i n g e d g e o f t h e t r a n s d u c e r when t h e d e f e c t f i r s t a p p e a r s . The l e n g t h o f t h e d e f e c t s h a l l be determined by c o n t i n u i n g t o move t h e s e a r c h u n i t a c r o s s t h e d e f e c t i v e a r e a and n o t i n g t h e t r a i l i n g e d g e o f t h e t r a n s d u c e r when t h e i n d i c a t i o n d i s a p p e a r s . The d i s t a n c e between d e f e c t s s h a l l b e d e t e r m i n e d b y m e a s u r i n g t h e s h o r t e s t d i s t a n c e between t h e i r e d g e s r e g a r d l e s s o f i n d i c a t i o n a m p l i t u d e a t t h e s e p o i n t s . 7.

EDDY CURRENT TESTING

7 . 1 Scope. The i n s p e c t i o np r o c e s sc o v e r e d i s f o rt h ed e t e c t i o n of s u r f a c ec r a c k s of ferromagneticandnonferromagneticmaterials.This method may only be used when a u t h o r i z e d by t h e f a b r i c a t i o n document, m i l i t a r y s p e c i f i cation,orother NAVSEA approval. 7 . 2D e f i n i t i o n s . The d e f i n i t i o n ss p e c i f i e di n a p p l i c a b l e t o eddycurrenttesting.

7 . 2 . 1 t h r o u g h7 . 2 . 3a r e

7 . 2 . 1 End ( e d g e )e f f e c t . The maskingofmeasurement d a t ac a u s e d by distortion of the magnetic field when t h e p r o b e i s n e a r a n y t e s t s p e c i m e n - t o - a i r boundary, f o r example,ends,holes,andedges. 7 . 2 . 2L i f t - o f fe f f e c t . The e f f e c tt ot h et e s ts y s t e mo u t p u td u et o change i n magneticcouplingbetween a t e s t specimenandtheprobecoil, whenever t h e d i s t a n c e o f s e p a r a t i o n b e t w e e n them i s v a r i e d . 7 . 2 . 3S t a n d - o f f .T h eo v e r a l ld i s t a n c eb e t w e e nt h ep r o b ea n dt h es u r f a c e o f t h e t e s t specimen, t h a t i s , t h e p r o t e c t i v e t a p e t h i c k n e s s p l u s t h e thicknessofthepaintorrust.

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

57

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

a

I

VIL-STD-27LF N D

97797LL 0 0 5 9 8 7 8 L m

NIL-STD-271F(SK) 27 June 1986

7.3

Eddy c u r r e n ti n s p e c t i o nr e q u i r e m e n t s .

7.3.1 G e n e r arle q u i r e m e n t s . 7 . 3 . 1 . 1 Method. The o v e r a l li n s p e c t i o np r o c e s ss h a l lc o n s i s to f a p p l y i n gt h ee d d yc u r r e n tt e s t (ET) t e c h n i q u e t o d e t e c t s u r f a c e c r a c k s i n t h e item i n s p e c t e d . Any portionsoftheitemwhichproduce ET f l o wi n d i c a t i o n s thatequalorexceedtheindicationproduced from t h e p e r f o r m a n c e v e r i f i c a t i o n blockshallbeinspected by m a g n e t i c p a r t i c l e i n s p e c t i o n f o r f e r r o u s m a t e r i a l s or l i q u i d p e n e t r a n t i n s p e c t i o n f o r n o n - f e r r o u s m a t e r i a l s , a c c e p t a n c e / r e j e c t i o n s h a l l be t o t h e FlT/PT c r i t e r i a e s t a b l i s h e d by 1 . 3 . 7 . 3 . 1 . 2S u r f a c ef i n i s h . The s u r f a c ef o rt h e eddy c u r r e n tt e s ts c a n n i n g d o e sn o tr e q u i r ep a i n tr e m o v a l ,b u t i t s h a l l bereasonably smoothand c l e a n . I t s h a l l b ef r e eo f any s u b s t a n c e t h a t m i g h t i n h i b i t f r e e movement of t h e probe along the scan path. 7.3.2Procedure. Eddy c u r r e n ti n s p e c t i o np r o c e d u r e ss h a l lc o n t a i n ,a s minimum, t h ef o l l o w i n gi n f o r m a t i o n . Materialtobetested. Summary of process used. Equipment d e s c r i p t i o n . Performance verification description. Personnelqualifications. Surface preparation. Calibration/standardization t e c h n i q u e . Scanning technique. Readouttechnique. Evaluation C ri t e r i a . Recording and reporting requirements. 7.3.3 following:

Records.Recordsofeddycurrentinspectionshallcontainthe Description anduniqueidentification of i t e m i n s p e c t e d . Approved p r o c e d u r e i d e n t i f i c a t i o n . Instrumentmanufacturerand model number. Probe description. M a t e r i a lt y p e . Acceptance standard used. Date of i n s p e c t i o n . S i g n a t u r e so fi n s p e c t o r s .

7.4 Equipment requirements. The i n s p e c t i o ne q u i p m e n ts h a l li n c l u d et h e eddy c u r r e n t i n s t r u m e n t , p r o b e , p r o b e c o a x i a l c a b l e and a performance verification reference block.

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

58 Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

a

MIL-STD-27iF

ND

9 7 7 7 7 3 3 0059899 3

FIIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June1986

7 . 4 . 1 Eddy c u r r e n ti n s t r u m e n t . The i n s t r u m e n t a t i o ns h a l l becapableof s i g n a l e v a l u a t i o n by b o t h v i s u a l ( m e t e r r e a d o u t ) andaudiosoundpitchvariations throughconnectingheadphonesoran X-Y s t o r a g e d i s p l a y o s c i l l o s c o p e . The a means f o r e l i m i n a t i n g t h e t o t a l s t a n d o f f ( l i f t o f f ) circuits shall provide v a r i a b l ei nt h ee v a l u a t i o no f test results. It s h a l lb ec a p a b l e of d e t e c t i n g the notch in the performance verification block being used. --```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

7 . 4 . 2P e r f o r m a n c ev e r i f i c a t i o nr e f e r e n c eb l o c k . A b l o c ko ft h e same m a t e r i a lt y p et h a t i s t ob ei n s p e c t e d . The block may b ea n yc o n v e n i e n ts i z e p r o v i d e d t h a t it doesnotpresentanedge-effectproblem. The b l o c k s h a l l c o n t a i n a n o t c h t h a t i s 0.015inchdeep by 0.250 inch long with a width of 0.010 i n c h (maximum dimensions). . B l o c k s u s e d f o r i n s p e c t i o n o f w e l d s i n t h e as-welded condition shall be of the same a s - w e l d e d c o n d i t i o n w i t h t h e n o t c h e s p o s i t i o n e d on t h e w e l d .

7.5

O n - s i t e verification/standardization.

7 . 5 . 1V e r i f i c a t i o n P . r i o rt os t a n d a r d i z a t i o n p, e r f o r mi n s t r u m e n t v e r i f i c a t i o n t e s t u s i n gp e r f o r m a n c ev e r i f i c a t i o nb l o c k .T h i s test s h a l l produce a u s e a b l e r e s p o n s e f o r b o t h a u d i o andmeteroutputsoroscilloscope d i s p l a y , as a p p l i c a b l e . 7 . 5 . 2S t a n d a r d i z a t i o n . The eddy c u r r e n ti n s t r u m e n t a t i o ns h a l lb e standardized(testcalibration) on s i t e a t a n e x p e r i m e n t a l l y d e t e r m i n e d d e f e c t - f r e e area r e p r e s e n t a t i v e of t h ei t e mt ob ei n s p e c t e d .S t a n d a r d i z a t i o n s h a l lb ea c c o m p l i s h e d as f o l l o w s : ( a )I m m e d i a t e l yp r i o rt os t a r t i n ga ni n s p e c t i o n . (b) Whenever a ni n s p e c t i o nh a sb e e ni n t e r r u p t e d by t h e equipment being turned off or left unattended by t h e i n s p e c t o r . ( c ) Whenever t h ei n s p e c t o rh a sr e a s o nt os u s p e c tt h a tc o n d i t i o n s affecting the standardization have changed. (d) When i n u s e , a t l e a s te v e r y 4 h o u r s . 7.6

T e s t technique.

7 . 6 . 1 Toe of weld s c a n . With t h e p r o b e o r i e n t e d p a r a l l e l t o t h e w e l d l o n g i t u d i n a la x i s ,s c a na l o n ge a c ht o eo ft h ew e l d .E n s u r et h a tt h ep r o b e is maintained at a constant attitude to the toe of the weld, keeping the working e d g eo ft h ep r o b ei nf u l lc o n t a c t .M o n i t o rt h e weld c o n d i t i o n by n o t i n g t h e varying response o f t h e m e t e r and t h e a u d i o s i g n a l o r o s c i l l o s c o p e d i s p l a y . Avoid rocking the probe or tilting it i n a p o s i t i o n o t h e r t h a n as used i n t h e s t a n d a r d i z a t i o n (see f i g u r e 1 9 f o r optimum p o s i t i o n i n g ) . 7 . 6 . 2 Weld s c a n . With t h ep r o b eo r i e n t e dp a r a l l e lt oo n ew e l dt o es c a n a l o n gt h ew e l df o rt h ed e s i r e dd i s t a n c e .R e p e a tt h i ss c a n n i n gp r o c e s sa l o n g t h ew e l d crown u n t i l o p p o s i t e t o e i s reached. Each s c a no ft h ep r o b ea l o n g t h e weldcrown s h a l l n o t b e g r e a t e r t h a n 1/8 i n c h from t h e p r e v i o u s s c a n . weld should also be scanned in the transverse direction.

59 Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

The

MIL-STD-27LF N D W 77777LL 00577ÕO b NIL-STD-ZilF(SI€) 27 June 1986

7 . 6 . 3 I n s p e c t i o no fs u r f a c e so t h e rt h a nw e l d s . With t h ep r o b eo r i e n t e d a t a c o n s i s t e n t a t t i t u d e t o t h e work piece, keep the working face of the probe infullcontactwiththe work p i e c e a t a l l t i m e s d u r i n g s c a n n i n g . To ensure d e t e c t i o n of l i n e a r i n d i c a t i o n s h a v i n g a x i s i n any d i r e c t i o n , a t l e a s t two s e p a r a t e s c a n s s h a l l be made i n e a c h a r e a , t h e s e c o n d s c a n s h a l l b e a t r i g h t anglestothatusedinthefirst. Each s c a n o f t h e p r o b e s h a l l n o t b e g r e a t e r t h a n1 / 8i n c h from t h e p r e v i o u s s c a n . 8.

VISUAL INSPECTION

i s t o d e t e r m i n et h a ta l lw e l d s 8 . 1 Scope. The v i s u a li n s p e c t i o np r o c e s s and a d j a c e n t b a s e m a t e r i a l s b e i n s p e c t e d a s r e q u i r e d t o comply w i t h a p p l i c a b l e procedures,drawings,andfabricationdocuments.

8.3Procedurerequirements. The v i s u a li n s p e c t i o np r o c e d u r es h a l l c o n t a i n ,a s a minimum, t h ef o l l o w i n gi n f o r m a t i o n : ( a )P e r s o n n e lq u a l i f i c a t i o nr e q u i r e m e n t s . (b) Type o fw e l d so rs u r f a c e st ob ei n s p e c t e d . ( c )M e a s u r i n gd e v i c e s ,v i s u a la i d s ,o rr e f e r e n . c eo rw o r k i n g standards. ( d ) L i s t of i n s p e c t i o na t t r i b u t e s( v i s u a lc h a r a c t e r i s t i c s ) . (e) Lighting requirements. ( f )A c c e p t a n c ec r i t e r i a and c l a s s i f i c a t i o n o f d e f e c t s . (g) Record requirements. 8 . 4I n s p e c t i o nt e c h n i q u e s .V i s u a li n s p e c t i o nn e e dn o t beperformed employingmagnification,unlessotherwisespecifiedintheapplicable f a b r i c a t i o n document. When a r e f e r e n c es t a n d a r d is r e q u i r e d and m a g n i f i c a t i o n , such as a borescopeormagnifyingglass i s employed, evaluationandacceptance s h a l l b e b a s e d upon comparison with a r e f e r e n c e s t a n d a r d where both magnified andunmagniffedappearancecanbedetermined. 8.5Dimensionalinspectionaccuracy. Each a c t i v i t ys h a l li n s u r et h a t t h ed i m e n s i o n a li n s p e c t i o nt e c h n i q u e s ,i n c l u d i n gm e a s u r i n gd e v i c e s ,v i s u a la i d s , and r e f e r e n c e or w o r k i n g s t a n d a r d s , a r e c a p a b l e ofmeasuringthespecified dimensions of the items under inspection, with the required precision. 8 . 6L i g h t i n g . p r o p e re v a l u a t i o n .

The i n s p e c t i o na r e as h a l l

b ea d e q u a t e l yi l l u m i n a t e df o r

60 Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

8.2Referencestandard.Visualinspectionreferencestandards , as referredtointhissection,refer t o t h o s ed e v i c e st h a ta r eu s e da s an a i d to visual inspection such as workmanshipsamplesand sketches or photographs o fw e l d so rs u r f a c e s . Each a c t i v i t y s h a l l b er e s p o n s i b l ef o rp r e p a r a t i o no f the r e f e r e n c e s t a n d a r d s s p e c i f i e d i n t h a t a c t i v i t y ' s v i s u a l i n s p e c t i o n procedure.

9. --```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

9.1

NOTES S u b j e c t term (keyword)

listing.

Circular magnetization Compressional wave Continuousscanning Eddy c u r r e n t t e s t i n g I n t e r m i t t e n ts c a n n i n g Liquid penetrant testing Longitudinal magnetization Longitudinal wave Magnetic p a r t i c l e t e s t i n g Material thickness Multiplefilmtechnique Penetrameter Radiographicinspection Radiographic shooting sketch Radioisotope radiography Shear wave Specimen t h i c k n e s s Ultrasonic testing V i s u a li n s p e c t i o n X-rayradiography Yoke magnetization 9 . 2 Changesfrom p r e v i o u si s s u e .A s t e r i s k sa r en o tu s e di nt h i sr e v i s i o n issue due t o t h e e x t e n s i v e n e s s t o i d e n t i f y changeswithrespecttotheprevious of t h e c h a n g e s .

Preparing activity: SH Navy ( P r o j e c t NDTI -N048)

-

61 Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

- ~-

27 June 1986

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

20 PCRCEM SEhslTlVlN LEVEL (2 -2T)

THICKNESS OF MATERIAL THROUGH WHICH

RADIATION MUST PASS (INCHES) SH 13202656 FIGURE 1. Recomnended X-ray voltagesettings and radioisotopesources t o be used with various steel and similar alloys.

62

, Y Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

NIL-STD-27lF(SH) 27 June 1986

20 PERCENT SENSITIVITY LEVEL (2-2T)

Co 60 Cs 137

r

I

" " " 1 1 "

+EEmbhz"I

I I I

I

."

.I

.I5 .2

.3 A.5.6.7.8.91.0

2

1

I

3 4 5678910 1 5 20

THICKNESS OF MATERIAL THROUGH WHICH THE RADIATION MUST PASS (INCHES)

SH 13202657 FIGURE 2 .

Recommended X - r a yv o l t a g es e t t i n g s and r a d i o i s o t o p es o u r c e s t o be used with various copper-base and similar alloys.

63 --```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

SPECIMEN THICKNESS (INCHES)

I

SH 13202658 FIGURE 3. Recormended X-ray voltagesettings and radioisotope sources t o be used with various aluminum, magnesium and similar alloys.

I

64

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

I

1

Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS -.

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

ATHICKNESSOFPENETRAMETER 0,005 INmTOANDINCLUDING MINPENETRAMETERTHICKNESS MIN DIA FOR I T HOLE MIN DIAFOR 2T HOLE MIN DIAFOR 4T HOLE

4T DIA.

= 0.050 IN.

(T)

HOLESSHALLBE TRUE AND NORMALTO THE SURFACE OF THE PENETRAMETER DO NOT CHAMFER PLACE IDENTI FICATION NUMBERSHERE L

FROM 0.005 IN TO 0.020 IN FROM 0,020 IN TO 0.050 IN,

C TOLERANCE ON C TOLERANCE ON

B THICKNESS OF PENETRAMETER = OVER 0.050 IN. TOANDINCLUDING

(T) +oOOO1 IN. (T) IN.

01160 IN@

TOLERANCE ON THICKNESS (T) k ~ 0 0 5 I N .

C

THICKNESS OF PENETRAMETER = OVER 0.160 IN.

TOLERANCE ON THICKNESS (T) f.010 IN. --```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

DIMENSIONAL TOLERANCES LENGTH AND WIDTH DIAMETERHOLE SH 13202626 HOLE LOCATION

FIGURE 4 .

OR DIAMETER

Penetrameter d e s i g n s .

65

Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

f

I/64 IN. +IO PERCENT f1/64 IN.

2,%8!25

MIL-STD-271F N D

m 799971L ~~

0059906 7 ~

m

~~

I’lILiSTD-271F(SH)

27 June 1986

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

GROUP

I.

GROUP

II

GROUP

111

DETAIL OF NOTCHES GROUP

IV

GROUP

V

SH 13202627 FIGURE 4 A .

P e n e t r a m e t e ri d e n t i f i c a t i o nn o t c h i n g .

66 Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

27 June 1986

I

- .... ._.. -. .~~. . ._ -:$:.".: .-.. . . . ............ ......... . . . . . . . . . . . . .-. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..

I

I

: . _

67 Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

-

PlIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986

3.0X 2.8X 3

2.6X n

E-l

2

2.4X

W

!a

k W

3 i3 5 W $

2.2x 2.ox

I .8X I .6X

I .2x

I .ox --```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

1/8 114

V 2 314 I 1-114 1-112 SOURCE LENGTH (INCHES)

1-314

SH 12546

NOTE:

To f i n d t h e SFD t o u s ew i t h a g i v e ns o u r c e ,f i n dt h e minimum SFD from 3 . 3 . 6 , and m u l t i p l y t h i s v a l u e by t h e l e n g t h - f a c t o r from t h e above curve. FIGURE 4C.

Recommended i n c r e a s ei ns o u r c e - t o - f i l md i s t a n c ef o r v a r i o u sr a d i o i s o t o p es o u r c e sw i t hl e n g t h sg r e a t e r than 1/8 inch.

68 Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

2

MIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986

RADIATION

11111

FIG. 5-1

r

SINGLEWALL NO REINFORCEMENT, h0 BACK-UP -STRIP. I

ï 1 FILM

SEE NOTE A'

RADIATION

FIG. 5-2 SINGLE WALL, WELD REINFORCEMENT,NO BACK-UP STRIP

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

a

SEE MEA'

+

4

5-3 FIG. SINGLE WALL,WELD REINFORCEMENT, BACK-UP STRIP

/

SEE NOTEA

FIG. 5-4 SINGLE WALL, INTEGRAL BACKING RING, WELD REINFORCEMENT.

RADIATION

.c

4

RADIATION

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 P

v I SYMBOLS P=PENETRAMETER Sh=SHIM SEE NOTE t,=MATERIAL THICKNOTE NESS UPON WHlChA A THE PENETRAMETER NOTE THE A:'ER IS EASED. 1, =SPECIMENTHICKNESS ,.,YULU

*

'+

THE NOTE A:

SHALL BE FILM SHALL BE LOCATED Ac. N hpc A POSSIBLE TO THE AS CLOSE ASSPOSSIBLE INGRADIOGRAPHED. RADIOGRAPHED. OBJECTBEING

SH 12549

FIGURE 5 .

Examples of m a t e r i a lt h i c k n e s s t h i c k n e s s (Ts).

69 Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

(Tm) andspecimen

ND

MIL-STD-27LF ~~

m 77777LL

.~

~~

~~

0057730 7

m

~~

I’IIL-STD-Z71F(SH) 27 June 1986

RADIATION

SINGLE WALL WELDREINFORCEMENT CLADDING RE~EPOSITEDOVER WEU> th BASE METAL,

8.

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

NOTE EVENTHOUGHTHEBASEMATERIAL MAY BE CLADDED ON BOTH SIDES,THE THICKNESS ON WHICH THE PENETRAMETER IS BASED IS STILL T E ORlGlNAl THICKNESS OF THE BASEMATERIAL. RADIATION

FIG, 5-6 DOUBLE WALL, DOUBLE WALL VIEWINGWELDREINFORCEMENT AND B A ~ K - U PSTRIP, PENETRAMETER IS BASED ON THE DOUBLE WALL THICKNESS. SEE TABLE

m.

OF 2tmFOR 2-LEVEL, I% OF 2tmFOR I- LEVEL, AND 4% OF 2tm FOR 4 -LEVEL RADIOGRAPHY

*2%

NOTE C, THE THICKNESS OF THE SHIM FOR RADIOGRAPHY OF A CONSUMABLE INSERT WELD SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH FIG. 5-2, NOTE A. THE FILM SHALL BE LOCATEDAS CLOSE AS POSSIBLE TO THE OBJECT BEING RADIOGRAPHED,

SH 12549 FIGURE 5 .

Examples of materialthíckness(T,)andspecimen t h i c k n e s s( T s ) . Continued

-

70 Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

NLL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986

RADIATION

ri

NOTEB. THE FILM SHALL BE LOCATED AS CLOSEAS POSSIBLE TO THE OBJECTBEING RADIOGRAPHED.

PI

FIGURE

5-7

DOUBLEWALL,SINGLEWALLVIEWING ONLY THE PORTIONOF THE WELD NEXT TO THE FILM IS TO BE VIEWED. PENETRAMETER (Pl) MAYBEPLACED INSIDE OF PIPE FOR EACH EXPOSURE, OR ATECHNIQUESHOT,ASSHOWN,MAY ESTABLISH WHICH FILM-SIDE PENETRAMETER (P2'P3,OR P J SHALL BE USED IN SUBSEQUENTEXPOSURES,

IF INSIDE OF PIPE IS NOT ACCESSIBLE.

SH 12549

FIGURE 5. Examples of material thickness (Tm) and specimen thickness ( T s ) .

-

Continued

71 Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

\

NOTE A. THE THICKNESS OF THE SHIM FOR RADIOGRAPHY OFA CONSUMABLE INSERT WELD SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCEWITHFIG. 5-2.

IlIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986

NOTE A

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

THE FILM SHALL BE LOCATEDASCLOSE AS POSSIBLE TO THE OBJECT BEING RADIOGRAPHED

FIGURE 5-8 PENETRATION WELD, SINGLE WALL (SEE NOTE C )

NOTE B THE FILM MAY BE LOCATED INSIDE THEVESSEL 1F.A TRIAL EXPOSURE DEMONSTRATES THAT THE REQUIRED QUALITY LEVEL CAN BE OBTAINED

EXPOSURE

a SEENOTE A

FIGURE

5-9

ROOT CONNECTION WELD, SINGLE WALL (SEE NOTE c ) NOTE C PENETRAMETERS,BASED

.

ON WELD THlCKNESS(t,,,fNDt,,,,jTO

OUALtFY VARIOUS THICK-

NESSES OF WELD.THIRDPENETRAMETERS, BASED ON AVERAGE THICKNESS O F WELD TO BE USED IF REQUIRED. MULTIPLE EXPOSURE IF NECESSARY TO OBTAIN READABLE

i

DENSITY OVER COMPLETE WIDTH OF WELD.

SH 12549 FIGURE 5 ,

Examples o f m a t e r i a 1t h i c k n e s s t h i c k n e s s (Ts). - C o n t i n u e d

(T,,,)

andspecimen

a 72 Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Corp Specs/9957810104 . Licensee=VSE . Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

ND

MIL-STD-271F

m 7737711

0057733 LI

m

FíIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986

EIGHT LOW CARBON STEEL PIE SECTfONS, FURNACE BRAZED TOGETHER.

:

' /

3

\I

NONFERROUS HANDLE OF ANY CONVENIENT LENGTH

/

I

----y\--"

'

&

MAX.

I

\

I

WELD BRAZE OR MECHANICALLY ATTACH 'NONFERROUS TRUNNiONS.

7COPPER

"

PLATE, ABOUT 0.010 INCH

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

l

t SH 12550

FIGURE 6.

Magnetic field indicator.

73 Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

~

MIL-STD-273F

ND

m

~~

~"

9 7 7 7 9 3 30 0 5 7 9 3 4

b W

PIIL- STD - 2 7 1F ( S I ) 27 June 1986

Sound Beam Entrance

SH 12551

FIGURE 7. Skip distance example. -

74 Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

t

SH 13202629

FIGURE 7A. Accepted scanning techniques for butt welds.

75 Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

MIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986

bIIL-STD-Z71F(SH) 27 June 1986

IO

I

I

9

8

-

7

UP

AMPLITUDE 6

OF HIGH SIGNAL

5 4

-

3 2 I

I

t

I I.5

I

I 2

I

I 2,s

RATIO OF HIGH SIGNAL To LOW SIGNAL

SH 13202630 FIGURE 8. -Typical ultrasonic calibration plot for vertical linearity.

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

N D m 9939933 0059937 3 W

MIL-STD-272F ~~

~~~~

~~

~

~~

~~

NIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986

SURFACE FINISH TO BE APPROXIMATELY 125 ra AS COMPARED TO SURFACE FINISH STANDARDS 6 - 3/64 DIA THROUGH HOLES

T 1-112

T 1-3/4

T 2

2-V4

f

2- 1/2

f

t

2-3/4

9 --```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

*

J2

D

A l l dimensions in inches.

SH 12553

FIGURE 9 .

Typical reference calibration standard (sensitivity).

77 Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

I

PIIL-STD-271F(SHj 27 June 1986

1 --```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

7

DRL

Al I dimensions in inches. SH 12554

FIGURE 1 0 .

Typicalviewingscreencalibration(buttwelds) ( w i t h dB c o n t r o l ) .

ARL

[I /4 I

I

1/2

3/4

I

1

I

I

I -1/4

’

1-1/2

DRL

,

k-3/4 2-1/4 I

2

I

j

Y

A l l dimensions in inches. SH 12555

. FIGURE 11.

T y p i c a lv i e w i n gs c r e e nc a l i b r a t i o n( b u t tw e l d s ) (without dB c o n t r o l ) .

78 Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

!

-MIL-STD-27 1F (SH) 27 June 1986 --```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

SCANNINGPROCEDURES

SCANNINGPROCEDURES

FOR WELDS NOT GROUNDFLUSH

FOR WELDSGROUND

SH 12556

FIGURE 12.

Scanning procedures for welds.

79 Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

FLUSH

NIL-STD-Z71F(SH) 27 June 1986

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

WIDTH OF INSPECTION ZONE

THROUGH MEMBER

INSPECTION ZONE

ATTACHMENT MEMBER

AI I dimensions ininches.

SH

12557

FIGURE 13.

Scanning procedure for tee welds.

80 Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

~lIL-STD-271F(SH) 27 June 1986

:1

IO

4 3 2 I O

All dimensions in inches. PL = Plats thickness.

DRL

SH 12558 FIGURE 1 4 .

T y p i c a lv i e w i n gs c r e e nc a l i b r a t i o n( t e ew e l d s ) (with dB c o n t r o l ) .

I I

I

IV

8

ARL

7 6 5 4

3 2 I O - a

SH 12559

All dimensions in inches. PL= Plate thickness. FIGURE 15.

T y p i c a lv i e w i n gs c r e e nc a l i b r a t i o n( t e ew e l d s ) (without dB c o n t r o l ) .

81 Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

DRL

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

ARL

:

I

I

INSPECTION ZONE

1/ T

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

SH 12560

FIGURE 16.Surfaceoppositeattachment

j,

,I\

member a c c e s s i b l e .

INSPECTION ZONE

-!./

I/THE INSPECTIONZONEMAYBEEXPANDED AS NECESSARYWITHIN THE PLATE OR WEID. THE SAMESCANNINGPROCEDURESMAY BE APPLIED TOPARTIALPENETRATION TEE WELDS.

SH 12561

FIGURE 1 7 .

Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

S u r f a c eo p p o s i t ea t t a c h m e n t

member n o ta c c e s s i b l e .

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

'

MIL-STD-27LF N D m 77777LL 0 0 5 7 7 2 3 7 W

~

MIL-STD-27 1F (SH) 27 June 1986

WELO IDENnFlCATlON

ìHIP

OlSCONTlNUlTlES

I RAME

STATION

PORT 0 STBD

3 FULL SKIP 3 HALF SKIP

0 DOT. 0 OTHER UT IN LIEU OF

OCOMP

1

MT

0 OTHER

0 RT

A : !H E R

IrnpeCtlon Surface

J ACCEPTABLE

0 OUTSIDE

7 UNACCEPTABLE 0 INSlOE LATE MATERIAL

PLATE THICKNESS

O OTHER

WELD WlOTH

-hStIlhllWlt

SERIAL NO.

K R . and MOOEL NUMBER

SIZE

REOUENCY

Transducr SFRIAL NO.

ANGLE

CALIBRATION STO.NO.

OUPLANT

I

ACCEPTANCE STO.

EST PROCEOURE

RECEIVE0 BY

YSPECTED BY

OATE

WELO JOB NO. OROER

LENGTH REOUESTEO WELO LENGTH INSPECTE0

0 ACCEPT 0 REJECT

MELO JOINTOETAIL-

:

I

I

f

B

I

I

I

I

STA

tI

I

PLAN VIEW

-

A

STA

A

SH 12562 FIGURE 18.

U l t r a s o n i c weld i n s p e c t i o nr e c o r d .

83 Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

. . Corp Specs/9957810104 Licensee=VSE Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

L

MIL-STD-271F ND W 7 7 7 7 7 1 1 0 0 5 7 7 2 4 7 W ~

~~

FIIL-STD-27 lF(SH) 27 June 1986

SECTIONAL V!EWS Note that the centerlmo of the proba approximately bisects the angle of the weld profile exposed I t the Tor area.

(Le., L A=Z L E)

--```,,``,`,`,,`,,`,,``,,`,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Note lhat the working edge of the probe is ln full alinement with the weld bead at the toeorea. i

'€

SH 12563

FIGURE 19. Recommended probe-to-weld attitude for eddy current standardization and scanning operations.

RLC U.8. Provided by IHS No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

60VERNIIENt PRINTXNB OFFICE: "

.

1986

Licensee=VSE Corp Specs/9957810104 Not for Resale, 02/24/2009 06:53:47 MST

- bOS-056/44796